"Fossies" - the Fresh Open Source Software Archive

Member "sssd-2.4.2/src/man/po/pt_BR.po" (19 Feb 2021, 710013 Bytes) of package /linux/misc/sssd-2.4.2.tar.gz:


As a special service "Fossies" has tried to format the requested source page into HTML format using (guessed) PO translation source code syntax highlighting (style: standard) with prefixed line numbers. Alternatively you can here view or download the uninterpreted source code file.

    1 # Marco Aurélio Krause <ouesten@me.com>, 2015. #zanata
    2 # Rodrigo de Araujo Sousa Fonseca <rodrigodearaujo@fedoraproject.org>, 2017. #zanata
    3 msgid ""
    4 msgstr ""
    5 "Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 2.3.0\n"
    6 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n"
    7 "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-19 16:49+0100\n"
    8 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-29 10:11-0500\n"
    9 "Last-Translator: Rodrigo de Araujo Sousa Fonseca "
   10 "<rodrigodearaujo@fedoraproject.org>\n"
   11 "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil)\n"
   12 "Language: pt_BR\n"
   13 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
   14 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
   15 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
   16 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n"
   17 "X-Generator: Zanata 4.6.2\n"
   18 
   19 #. type: Content of: <reference><title>
   20 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:5 sssd.conf.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap.5.xml:5 pam_sss.8.xml:5
   21 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:5 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:5 sssd-simple.5.xml:5
   22 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:5 sssd-ipa.5.xml:5 sssd-ad.5.xml:5 sssd-sudo.5.xml:5
   23 #: sssd.8.xml:5 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:5 sss_override.8.xml:5 sss_useradd.8.xml:5
   24 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:5 sss_groupadd.8.xml:5 sss_userdel.8.xml:5
   25 #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:5 sss_groupshow.8.xml:5 sss_usermod.8.xml:5
   26 #: sss_cache.8.xml:5 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:5 sss_seed.8.xml:5 sssd-ifp.5.xml:5
   27 #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:5 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:5
   28 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:5 idmap_sss.8.xml:5 sssctl.8.xml:5
   29 #: sssd-files.5.xml:5 sssd-secrets.5.xml:5 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:5
   30 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:5 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:5
   31 msgid "SSSD Manual pages"
   32 msgstr ""
   33 
   34 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
   35 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:10 sss_groupmod.8.xml:15
   36 msgid "sss_groupmod"
   37 msgstr "sss_groupmod "
   38 
   39 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
   40 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:11 pam_sss.8.xml:12 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:12
   41 #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:11 sssd.8.xml:11 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:11
   42 #: sss_override.8.xml:11 sss_useradd.8.xml:11 sss_groupadd.8.xml:11
   43 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupshow.8.xml:11
   44 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:11 sss_cache.8.xml:11 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:11
   45 #: sss_seed.8.xml:11 idmap_sss.8.xml:11 sssctl.8.xml:11 sssd-kcm.8.xml:11
   46 msgid "8"
   47 msgstr "8"
   48 
   49 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
   50 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:16
   51 msgid "modify a group"
   52 msgstr "Modificar um grupo"
   53 
   54 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
   55 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:21
   56 msgid ""
   57 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
   58 "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
   59 "arg>"
   60 msgstr ""
   61 
   62 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   63 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:30 sssd-ldap.5.xml:21 pam_sss.8.xml:63
   64 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:30 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:20 sssd-simple.5.xml:22
   65 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:21 sssd-ipa.5.xml:21 sssd-ad.5.xml:21 sssd-sudo.5.xml:21
   66 #: sssd.8.xml:29 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:30 sss_override.8.xml:30
   67 #: sss_useradd.8.xml:30 sssd-krb5.5.xml:21 sss_groupadd.8.xml:30
   68 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupshow.8.xml:30
   69 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:30 sss_cache.8.xml:29 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:30
   70 #: sss_seed.8.xml:31 sssd-ifp.5.xml:21 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:30
   71 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:31 idmap_sss.8.xml:20 sssctl.8.xml:30
   72 #: sssd-files.5.xml:21 sssd-secrets.5.xml:21 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:21
   73 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:21 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:21 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:21
   74 msgid "DESCRIPTION"
   75 msgstr "DESCRIÇÃO"
   76 
   77 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
   78 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:32
   79 msgid ""
   80 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifies the group to reflect the changes "
   81 "that are specified on the command line."
   82 msgstr ""
   83 
   84 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   85 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:39 pam_sss.8.xml:70 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:89 sssd.8.xml:42
   86 #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:58 sss_useradd.8.xml:39 sss_groupadd.8.xml:39
   87 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupshow.8.xml:39
   88 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:39 sss_cache.8.xml:39 sss_seed.8.xml:42
   89 #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:123 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:62
   90 msgid "OPTIONS"
   91 msgstr "OPÇÕES"
   92 
   93 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
   94 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:43 sss_usermod.8.xml:77
   95 msgid ""
   96 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
   97 "replaceable>"
   98 msgstr ""
   99 
  100 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  101 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:48
  102 msgid ""
  103 "Append this group to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  104 "replaceable> parameter.  The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is "
  105 "a comma separated list of group names."
  106 msgstr ""
  107 
  108 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  109 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:57 sss_usermod.8.xml:91
  110 msgid ""
  111 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  112 "replaceable>"
  113 msgstr ""
  114 
  115 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  116 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:62
  117 msgid ""
  118 "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  119 "replaceable> parameter."
  120 msgstr ""
  121 
  122 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
  123 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:10 sssd.conf.5.xml:16
  124 msgid "sssd.conf"
  125 msgstr "ssd.conf "
  126 
  127 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
  128 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap.5.xml:11 sssd-simple.5.xml:11
  129 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:11 sssd-ipa.5.xml:11 sssd-ad.5.xml:11 sssd-sudo.5.xml:11
  130 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:11 sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27
  131 #: sssd-files.5.xml:11 sssd-secrets.5.xml:11 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:11
  132 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:11
  133 msgid "5"
  134 msgstr "5"
  135 
  136 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
  137 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap.5.xml:12 sssd-simple.5.xml:12
  138 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:12 sssd-ipa.5.xml:12 sssd-ad.5.xml:12 sssd-sudo.5.xml:12
  139 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:12 sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28
  140 #: sssd-files.5.xml:12 sssd-secrets.5.xml:12 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:12
  141 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:12 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:12
  142 msgid "File Formats and Conventions"
  143 msgstr ""
  144 
  145 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
  146 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:17
  147 msgid "the configuration file for SSSD"
  148 msgstr "O arquivo de configuração para SSSD"
  149 
  150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:21
  152 msgid "FILE FORMAT"
  153 msgstr "FORMATO DE ARQUIVO "
  154 
  155 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
  156 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:29
  157 #, no-wrap
  158 msgid ""
  159 "<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
  160 "<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
  161 "<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
  162 "            "
  163 msgstr ""
  164 
  165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  166 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:24
  167 msgid ""
  168 "The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A "
  169 "section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues "
  170 "until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-"
  171 "valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
  172 msgstr ""
  173 
  174 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  175 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:36
  176 msgid ""
  177 "The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with "
  178 "values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)."
  179 msgstr ""
  180 
  181 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  182 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:41
  183 msgid ""
  184 "A comment line starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon "
  185 "(<quote>;</quote>).  Inline comments are not supported."
  186 msgstr ""
  187 
  188 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  189 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:47
  190 msgid ""
  191 "All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> "
  192 "parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section."
  193 msgstr ""
  194 
  195 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  196 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:53
  197 msgid ""
  198 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and "
  199 "only root may read from or write to the file."
  200 msgstr ""
  201 
  202 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  203 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:59
  204 msgid "CONFIGURATION SNIPPETS FROM INCLUDE DIRECTORY"
  205 msgstr ""
  206 
  207 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  208 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:62
  209 msgid ""
  210 "The configuration file <filename>sssd.conf</filename> will include "
  211 "configuration snippets using the include directory <filename>conf.d</"
  212 "filename>. This feature is available if SSSD was compiled with libini "
  213 "version 1.3.0 or later."
  214 msgstr ""
  215 
  216 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  217 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:69
  218 msgid ""
  219 "Any file placed in <filename>conf.d</filename> that ends in "
  220 "<quote><filename>.conf</filename></quote> and does not begin with a dot "
  221 "(<quote>.</quote>) will be used together with <filename>sssd.conf</filename> "
  222 "to configure SSSD."
  223 msgstr ""
  224 
  225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  226 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:77
  227 msgid ""
  228 "The configuration snippets from <filename>conf.d</filename> have higher "
  229 "priority than <filename>sssd.conf</filename> and will override "
  230 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> when conflicts occur. If several snippets are "
  231 "present in <filename>conf.d</filename>, then they are included in "
  232 "alphabetical order (based on locale).  Files included later have higher "
  233 "priority. Numerical prefixes (<filename>01_snippet.conf</filename>, "
  234 "<filename>02_snippet.conf</filename> etc.) can help visualize the priority "
  235 "(higher number means higher priority)."
  236 msgstr ""
  237 
  238 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  239 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:91
  240 msgid ""
  241 "The snippet files require the same owner and permissions as <filename>sssd."
  242 "conf</filename>. Which are by default root:root and 0600."
  243 msgstr ""
  244 
  245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  246 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:98
  247 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
  248 msgstr "OPÇÕES GERAIS "
  249 
  250 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  251 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:100
  252 msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections."
  253 msgstr ""
  254 
  255 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  256 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:104
  257 msgid "Options usable in all sections"
  258 msgstr ""
  259 
  260 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  261 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:108
  262 msgid "debug_level (integer)"
  263 msgstr ""
  264 
  265 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  266 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:112
  267 msgid "debug (integer)"
  268 msgstr ""
  269 
  270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:115
  272 msgid ""
  273 "SSSD 1.14 and later also includes the <replaceable>debug</replaceable> alias "
  274 "for <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> as a convenience feature. If both "
  275 "are specified, the value of <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> will be "
  276 "used."
  277 msgstr ""
  278 
  279 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  280 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:125
  281 msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)"
  282 msgstr ""
  283 
  284 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  285 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:128
  286 msgid ""
  287 "Add a timestamp to the debug messages.  If journald is enabled for SSSD "
  288 "debug logging this option is ignored."
  289 msgstr ""
  290 
  291 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  292 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:133 sssd.conf.5.xml:331 sssd.conf.5.xml:612
  293 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:941 sssd.conf.5.xml:1936 sssd.conf.5.xml:1966
  294 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:962 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1060 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1127
  295 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1579 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1644 sssd-ipa.5.xml:341
  296 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:229 sssd-ad.5.xml:343 sssd-ad.5.xml:1177 sssd-ad.5.xml:1325
  297 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:499 sssd-secrets.5.xml:351 sssd-secrets.5.xml:364
  298 msgid "Default: true"
  299 msgstr ""
  300 
  301 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  302 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:138
  303 msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
  304 msgstr ""
  305 
  306 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  307 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:141
  308 msgid ""
  309 "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages.  If journald is enabled "
  310 "for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored."
  311 msgstr ""
  312 
  313 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  314 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:146 sssd.conf.5.xml:609 sssd.conf.5.xml:823
  315 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1869 sssd.conf.5.xml:3686 sssd-ldap.5.xml:312
  316 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:813 sssd-ldap.5.xml:832 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1032
  317 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1463 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1668 sssd-ipa.5.xml:151
  318 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:253 sssd-ipa.5.xml:589 sssd-ad.5.xml:1083 sssd-krb5.5.xml:266
  319 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:300 sssd-krb5.5.xml:471 sssd-krb5.5.xml:573
  320 msgid "Default: false"
  321 msgstr ""
  322 
  323 #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
  324 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:106 sssd.conf.5.xml:157 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1520
  325 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1691 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:82 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:143
  326 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:236 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:274 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:330
  327 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:40 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:646
  328 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:873
  329 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:970 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1028
  330 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1186 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1231
  331 #: include/autofs_attributes.xml:1
  332 msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  333 msgstr ""
  334 
  335 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  336 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:155
  337 msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections"
  338 msgstr ""
  339 
  340 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  341 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:159
  342 msgid "timeout (integer)"
  343 msgstr ""
  344 
  345 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  346 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:162
  347 msgid ""
  348 "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to "
  349 "ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests. Note "
  350 "that after three missed heartbeats the process will terminate itself."
  351 msgstr ""
  352 
  353 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  354 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:169 sssd.conf.5.xml:1161 sssd.conf.5.xml:1550
  355 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3702 sssd-ldap.5.xml:684 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:264
  356 msgid "Default: 10"
  357 msgstr ""
  358 
  359 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  360 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:179
  361 msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
  362 msgstr ""
  363 
  364 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  365 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:182
  366 msgid "The [sssd] section"
  367 msgstr ""
  368 
  369 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
  370 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:191 sssd.conf.5.xml:3791
  371 msgid "Section parameters"
  372 msgstr ""
  373 
  374 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  375 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:193
  376 msgid "config_file_version (integer)"
  377 msgstr ""
  378 
  379 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  380 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:196
  381 msgid ""
  382 "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use "
  383 "version 2."
  384 msgstr ""
  385 
  386 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  387 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:202
  388 msgid "services"
  389 msgstr ""
  390 
  391 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  392 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:205
  393 msgid ""
  394 "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts.  "
  395 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> The services' list is optional on "
  396 "platforms where systemd is supported, as they will either be socket or D-Bus "
  397 "activated when needed.  </phrase>"
  398 msgstr ""
  399 
  400 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  401 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:214
  402 msgid ""
  403 "Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> "
  404 "<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase condition="
  405 "\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</"
  406 "phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
  407 msgstr ""
  408 
  409 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  410 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:222
  411 msgid ""
  412 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> By default, all services are disabled "
  413 "and the administrator must enable the ones allowed to be used by executing: "
  414 "\"systemctl enable sssd-@service@.socket\".  </phrase>"
  415 msgstr ""
  416 
  417 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  418 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:231 sssd.conf.5.xml:683
  419 msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
  420 msgstr ""
  421 
  422 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  423 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:234 sssd.conf.5.xml:686
  424 msgid ""
  425 "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
  426 "Provider crash or restart before they give up"
  427 msgstr ""
  428 
  429 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  430 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:239 sssd.conf.5.xml:691 include/failover.xml:100
  431 msgid "Default: 3"
  432 msgstr ""
  433 
  434 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  435 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:244
  436 msgid "domains"
  437 msgstr ""
  438 
  439 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  440 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:247
  441 msgid ""
  442 "A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more "
  443 "domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't "
  444 "start.  This parameter describes the list of domains in the order you want "
  445 "them to be queried.  A domain name is recommended to contain only "
  446 "alphanumeric ASCII characters, dashes, dots and underscores. '/' character "
  447 "is forbidden."
  448 msgstr ""
  449 
  450 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  451 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:260 sssd.conf.5.xml:3203
  452 msgid "re_expression (string)"
  453 msgstr ""
  454 
  455 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  456 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:263
  457 msgid ""
  458 "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
  459 "user name and domain into these components."
  460 msgstr ""
  461 
  462 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  463 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:268
  464 msgid ""
  465 "Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some "
  466 "ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN SECTIONS "
  467 "for more info on these regular expressions."
  468 msgstr ""
  469 
  470 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  471 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:277 sssd.conf.5.xml:3251
  472 msgid "full_name_format (string)"
  473 msgstr ""
  474 
  475 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  476 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:280 sssd.conf.5.xml:3254
  477 msgid ""
  478 "A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
  479 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a "
  480 "fully qualified name from user name and domain name components."
  481 msgstr ""
  482 
  483 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  484 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:291 sssd.conf.5.xml:3265
  485 msgid "%1$s"
  486 msgstr ""
  487 
  488 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  489 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:292 sssd.conf.5.xml:3266
  490 msgid "user name"
  491 msgstr ""
  492 
  493 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  494 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:295 sssd.conf.5.xml:3269
  495 msgid "%2$s"
  496 msgstr ""
  497 
  498 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  499 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:298 sssd.conf.5.xml:3272
  500 msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file."
  501 msgstr ""
  502 
  503 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  504 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:304 sssd.conf.5.xml:3278
  505 msgid "%3$s"
  506 msgstr ""
  507 
  508 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  509 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:307 sssd.conf.5.xml:3281
  510 msgid ""
  511 "domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly "
  512 "configured or discovered via IPA trusts."
  513 msgstr ""
  514 
  515 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  516 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:288 sssd.conf.5.xml:3262
  517 msgid ""
  518 "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
  519 "id=\"0\"/>"
  520 msgstr ""
  521 
  522 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  523 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:317
  524 msgid ""
  525 "Each domain can have an individual format string configured.  See DOMAIN "
  526 "SECTIONS for more info on this option."
  527 msgstr ""
  528 
  529 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  530 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:323
  531 msgid "monitor_resolv_conf (boolean)"
  532 msgstr ""
  533 
  534 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  535 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:326
  536 msgid ""
  537 "Controls if SSSD should monitor the state of resolv.conf to identify when it "
  538 "needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
  539 msgstr ""
  540 
  541 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  542 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:336
  543 msgid "try_inotify (boolean)"
  544 msgstr ""
  545 
  546 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  547 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:339
  548 msgid ""
  549 "By default, SSSD will attempt to use inotify to monitor configuration files "
  550 "changes and will fall back to polling every five seconds if inotify cannot "
  551 "be used."
  552 msgstr ""
  553 
  554 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  555 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:345
  556 msgid ""
  557 "There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip "
  558 "even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set "
  559 "to 'false'"
  560 msgstr ""
  561 
  562 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  563 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:351
  564 msgid ""
  565 "Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other "
  566 "platforms."
  567 msgstr ""
  568 
  569 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  570 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:355
  571 msgid ""
  572 "Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is "
  573 "unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used."
  574 msgstr ""
  575 
  576 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  577 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:362
  578 msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)"
  579 msgstr ""
  580 
  581 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  582 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:365
  583 msgid ""
  584 "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
  585 "files."
  586 msgstr ""
  587 
  588 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  589 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:369
  590 msgid ""
  591 "This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct "
  592 "SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache."
  593 msgstr ""
  594 
  595 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  596 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:375
  597 msgid ""
  598 "Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. "
  599 "(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)"
  600 msgstr ""
  601 
  602 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  603 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:382
  604 msgid "user (string)"
  605 msgstr ""
  606 
  607 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  608 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:385
  609 msgid ""
  610 "The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the "
  611 "root user.  <phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> This option does not work "
  612 "when running socket-activated services, as the user set up to run the "
  613 "processes is set up during compilation time.  The way to override the "
  614 "systemd unit files is by creating the appropriate files in /etc/systemd/"
  615 "system/.  Keep in mind that any change in the socket user, group or "
  616 "permissions may result in a non-usable SSSD. The same may occur in case of "
  617 "changes of the user running the NSS responder.  </phrase>"
  618 msgstr ""
  619 
  620 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  621 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:403
  622 msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root"
  623 msgstr ""
  624 
  625 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  626 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:408
  627 msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)"
  628 msgstr ""
  629 
  630 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  631 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:411
  632 msgid ""
  633 "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
  634 "domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary "
  635 "domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a "
  636 "trusted domain.  The option allows those users to log in just with their "
  637 "user name without giving a domain name as well."
  638 msgstr ""
  639 
  640 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  641 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:421
  642 msgid ""
  643 "Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain "
  644 "have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. "
  645 "Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It "
  646 "is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names "
  647 "set to False. One exception from this rule are domains with "
  648 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> that always try to match the behaviour of "
  649 "nss_files and therefore their output is not qualified even when the "
  650 "default_domain_suffix option is used."
  651 msgstr ""
  652 
  653 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  654 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:436 sssd.conf.5.xml:1348 sssd-ldap.5.xml:772
  655 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap.5.xml:876 sssd-ad.5.xml:897 sssd-ad.5.xml:972
  656 #: sssd.8.xml:126 sssd-krb5.5.xml:410 sssd-krb5.5.xml:609
  657 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:339 sssd-secrets.5.xml:377 sssd-secrets.5.xml:390
  658 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:404 sssd-secrets.5.xml:415 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:470
  659 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:959 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:205
  660 #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:216
  661 msgid "Default: not set"
  662 msgstr ""
  663 
  664 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  665 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:441
  666 msgid "override_space (string)"
  667 msgstr ""
  668 
  669 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  670 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:444
  671 msgid ""
  672 "This parameter will replace spaces (space bar)  with the given character for "
  673 "user and group names.  e.g. (_). User name &quot;john doe&quot; will be "
  674 "&quot;john_doe&quot; This feature was added to help compatibility with shell "
  675 "scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field "
  676 "separator in the shell."
  677 msgstr ""
  678 
  679 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  680 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:453
  681 msgid ""
  682 "Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that "
  683 "might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement "
  684 "character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result "
  685 "of a lookup is undefined."
  686 msgstr ""
  687 
  688 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  689 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:461
  690 msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
  691 msgstr ""
  692 
  693 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  694 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:466
  695 msgid "certificate_verification (string)"
  696 msgstr ""
  697 
  698 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  699 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:474
  700 msgid "no_ocsp"
  701 msgstr ""
  702 
  703 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  704 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:476
  705 msgid ""
  706 "Disables Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) checks. This might be "
  707 "needed if the OCSP servers defined in the certificate are not reachable from "
  708 "the client."
  709 msgstr ""
  710 
  711 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  712 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:484
  713 msgid "soft_ocsp"
  714 msgstr ""
  715 
  716 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  717 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:486
  718 msgid ""
  719 "If a connection cannot be established to an OCSP responder the OCSP check is "
  720 "skipped.  This option should be used to allow authentication when the system "
  721 "is offline and the OCSP responder cannot be reached."
  722 msgstr ""
  723 
  724 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  725 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:496
  726 msgid "ocsp_dgst"
  727 msgstr ""
  728 
  729 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  730 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:498
  731 msgid ""
  732 "Digest (hash) function used to create the certificate ID for the OCSP "
  733 "request. Allowed values are:"
  734 msgstr ""
  735 
  736 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  737 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:502
  738 msgid "sha1"
  739 msgstr ""
  740 
  741 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  742 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:503
  743 msgid "sha256"
  744 msgstr ""
  745 
  746 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  747 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:504
  748 msgid "sha384"
  749 msgstr ""
  750 
  751 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  752 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:505
  753 msgid "sha512"
  754 msgstr ""
  755 
  756 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  757 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:508
  758 msgid "Default: sha1 (to allow compatibility with RFC5019-compliant responder)"
  759 msgstr ""
  760 
  761 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  762 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:514
  763 msgid "no_verification"
  764 msgstr ""
  765 
  766 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  767 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:516
  768 msgid ""
  769 "Disables verification completely.  This option should only be used for "
  770 "testing."
  771 msgstr ""
  772 
  773 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  774 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:522
  775 msgid "ocsp_default_responder=URL"
  776 msgstr ""
  777 
  778 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  779 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:524
  780 msgid ""
  781 "Sets the OCSP default responder which should be used instead of the one "
  782 "mentioned in the certificate. URL must be replaced with the URL of the OCSP "
  783 "default responder e.g.  http://example.com:80/ocsp."
  784 msgstr ""
  785 
  786 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  787 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:534
  788 msgid "ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert=NAME"
  789 msgstr ""
  790 
  791 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  792 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:536
  793 msgid ""
  794 "This option is currently ignored. All needed certificates must be available "
  795 "in the PEM file given by pam_cert_db_path."
  796 msgstr ""
  797 
  798 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  799 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:544
  800 msgid "crl_file=/PATH/TO/CRL/FILE"
  801 msgstr ""
  802 
  803 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  804 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:546
  805 msgid ""
  806 "Use the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) from the given file during the "
  807 "verification of the certificate. The CRL must be given in PEM format, see "
  808 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>crl</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1ssl</"
  809 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
  810 msgstr ""
  811 
  812 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  813 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:559
  814 msgid "soft_crl"
  815 msgstr ""
  816 
  817 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  818 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:562
  819 msgid ""
  820 "If a Certificate Revocation List (CRL)  is expired ignore the CRL checks for "
  821 "the related certificates. This option should be used to allow authentication "
  822 "when the system is offline and the CRL cannot be renewed."
  823 msgstr ""
  824 
  825 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  826 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:469
  827 msgid ""
  828 "With this parameter the certificate verification can be tuned with a comma "
  829 "separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder type="
  830 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  831 msgstr ""
  832 
  833 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  834 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:573
  835 msgid "Unknown options are reported but ignored."
  836 msgstr ""
  837 
  838 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  839 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:576
  840 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. do not restrict certificate verification"
  841 msgstr ""
  842 
  843 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  844 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:582
  845 msgid "disable_netlink (boolean)"
  846 msgstr ""
  847 
  848 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  849 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:585
  850 msgid ""
  851 "SSSD hooks into the netlink interface to monitor changes to routes, "
  852 "addresses, links and trigger certain actions."
  853 msgstr ""
  854 
  855 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  856 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:590
  857 msgid ""
  858 "The SSSD state changes caused by netlink events may be undesirable and can "
  859 "be disabled by setting this option to 'true'"
  860 msgstr ""
  861 
  862 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  863 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:595
  864 msgid "Default: false (netlink changes are detected)"
  865 msgstr ""
  866 
  867 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  868 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:600
  869 msgid "enable_files_domain (boolean)"
  870 msgstr ""
  871 
  872 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  873 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:603
  874 msgid ""
  875 "When this option is enabled, SSSD prepends an implicit domain with "
  876 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> before any explicitly configured domains."
  877 msgstr ""
  878 
  879 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  880 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:617
  881 msgid "domain_resolution_order"
  882 msgstr ""
  883 
  884 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  885 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:620
  886 msgid ""
  887 "Comma separated list of domains and subdomains representing the lookup order "
  888 "that will be followed.  The list doesn't have to include all possible "
  889 "domains as the missing domains will be looked up based on the order they're "
  890 "presented in the <quote>domains</quote> configuration option.  The "
  891 "subdomains which are not listed as part of <quote>lookup_order</quote> will "
  892 "be looked up in a random order for each parent domain."
  893 msgstr ""
  894 
  895 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  896 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:632
  897 msgid ""
  898 "Please, note that when this option is set the output format of all commands "
  899 "is always fully-qualified even when using short names for input, for all "
  900 "users but the ones managed by the files provider.  In case the administrator "
  901 "wants the output not fully-qualified, the full_name_format option can be "
  902 "used as shown below: <quote>full_name_format=%1$s</quote> However, keep in "
  903 "mind that during login, login applications often canonicalize the username "
  904 "by calling <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> "
  905 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> which, if a shortname is returned "
  906 "for a qualified input (while trying to reach a user which exists in multiple "
  907 "domains) might re-route the login attempt into the domain which uses "
  908 "shortnames, making this workaround totally not recommended in cases where "
  909 "usernames may overlap between domains."
  910 msgstr ""
  911 
  912 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  913 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:657 sssd.conf.5.xml:1562 sssd.conf.5.xml:3752
  914 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:164 sssd-ad.5.xml:304 sssd-ad.5.xml:318
  915 msgid "Default: Not set"
  916 msgstr ""
  917 
  918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  919 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:184
  920 msgid ""
  921 "Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD "
  922 "services that are started and stopped together with SSSD.  The services are "
  923 "managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The "
  924 "<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as "
  925 "some other important options like the identity domains.  <placeholder type="
  926 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  927 msgstr ""
  928 
  929 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  930 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:668
  931 msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS"
  932 msgstr ""
  933 
  934 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  935 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:670
  936 msgid ""
  937 "Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in "
  938 "this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] "
  939 "section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</"
  940 "quote>"
  941 msgstr ""
  942 
  943 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  944 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:677
  945 msgid "General service configuration options"
  946 msgstr ""
  947 
  948 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  949 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:679
  950 msgid "These options can be used to configure any service."
  951 msgstr ""
  952 
  953 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  954 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:696
  955 msgid "fd_limit"
  956 msgstr ""
  957 
  958 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  959 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:699
  960 msgid ""
  961 "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
  962 "opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted "
  963 "the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On "
  964 "systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value "
  965 "of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit."
  966 msgstr ""
  967 
  968 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  969 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:708
  970 msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)"
  971 msgstr ""
  972 
  973 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  974 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:713
  975 msgid "client_idle_timeout"
  976 msgstr ""
  977 
  978 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  979 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:716
  980 msgid ""
  981 "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
  982 "can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is "
  983 "limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system. The timeout "
  984 "can't be shorter than 10 seconds. If a lower value is configured, it will be "
  985 "adjusted to 10 seconds."
  986 msgstr ""
  987 
  988 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  989 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:725
  990 msgid "Default: 60, KCM: 300"
  991 msgstr ""
  992 
  993 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  994 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:730
  995 msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
  996 msgstr ""
  997 
  998 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  999 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:733
 1000 msgid ""
 1001 "When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go "
 1002 "back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected.  This "
 1003 "value is in seconds and calculated by the following:"
 1004 msgstr ""
 1005 
 1006 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1007 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:740
 1008 msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset"
 1009 msgstr ""
 1010 
 1011 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1012 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:743
 1013 msgid ""
 1014 "The random offset value is from 0 to 30.  After each unsuccessful attempt to "
 1015 "go online, the new interval is recalculated by the following:"
 1016 msgstr ""
 1017 
 1018 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1019 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:748
 1020 msgid "new_interval = (old_interval * 2) + random_offset"
 1021 msgstr ""
 1022 
 1023 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1024 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:751
 1025 msgid ""
 1026 "Note that the maximum length of each interval is defined by "
 1027 "offline_timeout_max, which defaults to one hour. If the calculated length of "
 1028 "new_interval is greater than offline_timeout_max, it will be forced to the "
 1029 "offline_timeout_max value."
 1030 msgstr ""
 1031 
 1032 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1033 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:758 sssd.conf.5.xml:1072 sssd.conf.5.xml:1414
 1034 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1651 sssd-ldap.5.xml:469
 1035 msgid "Default: 60"
 1036 msgstr ""
 1037 
 1038 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1039 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:763
 1040 msgid "offline_timeout_max (integer)"
 1041 msgstr ""
 1042 
 1043 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1044 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:766
 1045 msgid ""
 1046 "Controls by how much the time between attempts to go online can be "
 1047 "incremented following unsuccessful attempts to go online."
 1048 msgstr ""
 1049 
 1050 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1051 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:771
 1052 msgid "A value of 0 disables the incrementing behaviour."
 1053 msgstr ""
 1054 
 1055 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1056 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:774
 1057 msgid ""
 1058 "The value of this parameter should be set in correlation to offline_timeout "
 1059 "parameter value."
 1060 msgstr ""
 1061 
 1062 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1063 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:778
 1064 msgid ""
 1065 "With offline_timeout set to 60 (default value) there is no point in setting "
 1066 "offlinet_timeout_max to less than 120 as it will saturate instantly. General "
 1067 "rule here should be to set offline_timeout_max to at least 4 times "
 1068 "offline_timeout."
 1069 msgstr ""
 1070 
 1071 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1072 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:784
 1073 msgid ""
 1074 "Although a value between 0 and offline_timeout may be specified, it has the "
 1075 "effect of overriding the offline_timeout value so is of little use."
 1076 msgstr ""
 1077 
 1078 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1079 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:789
 1080 msgid "Default: 3600"
 1081 msgstr ""
 1082 
 1083 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1084 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:794
 1085 msgid "responder_idle_timeout"
 1086 msgstr ""
 1087 
 1088 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1089 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:797
 1090 msgid ""
 1091 "This option specifies the number of seconds that an SSSD responder process "
 1092 "can be up without being used. This value is limited in order to avoid "
 1093 "resource exhaustion on the system.  The minimum acceptable value for this "
 1094 "option is 60 seconds.  Setting this option to 0 (zero) means that no timeout "
 1095 "will be set up to the responder.  This option only has effect when SSSD is "
 1096 "built with systemd support and when services are either socket or D-Bus "
 1097 "activated."
 1098 msgstr ""
 1099 
 1100 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1101 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:811 sssd.conf.5.xml:1085 sssd.conf.5.xml:2090
 1102 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:326
 1103 msgid "Default: 300"
 1104 msgstr ""
 1105 
 1106 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1107 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:816
 1108 msgid "cache_first"
 1109 msgstr ""
 1110 
 1111 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1112 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:819
 1113 msgid ""
 1114 "This option specifies whether the responder should query all caches before "
 1115 "querying the Data Providers."
 1116 msgstr ""
 1117 
 1118 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1119 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:831
 1120 msgid "NSS configuration options"
 1121 msgstr ""
 1122 
 1123 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1124 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:833
 1125 msgid ""
 1126 "These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service."
 1127 msgstr ""
 1128 
 1129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1130 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:838
 1131 msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1132 msgstr ""
 1133 
 1134 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1135 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:841
 1136 msgid ""
 1137 "How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about "
 1138 "all users)"
 1139 msgstr ""
 1140 
 1141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1142 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:845
 1143 msgid "Default: 120"
 1144 msgstr ""
 1145 
 1146 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1147 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:850
 1148 msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)"
 1149 msgstr ""
 1150 
 1151 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1152 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:853
 1153 msgid ""
 1154 "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
 1155 "if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
 1156 "for the domain."
 1157 msgstr ""
 1158 
 1159 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1160 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:859
 1161 msgid ""
 1162 "For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and "
 1163 "entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in "
 1164 "after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, "
 1165 "but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future "
 1166 "requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update."
 1167 msgstr ""
 1168 
 1169 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1170 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:869
 1171 msgid ""
 1172 "Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the "
 1173 "entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this "
 1174 "percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds.  (0 "
 1175 "disables this feature)"
 1176 msgstr ""
 1177 
 1178 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1179 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:877 sssd.conf.5.xml:1890
 1180 msgid "Default: 50"
 1181 msgstr ""
 1182 
 1183 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1184 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:882
 1185 msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1186 msgstr ""
 1187 
 1188 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1189 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:885
 1190 msgid ""
 1191 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
 1192 "(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones)  "
 1193 "before asking the back end again."
 1194 msgstr ""
 1195 
 1196 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1197 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:891 sssd.conf.5.xml:1914
 1198 msgid "Default: 15"
 1199 msgstr ""
 1200 
 1201 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1202 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:896
 1203 msgid "local_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1204 msgstr ""
 1205 
 1206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1207 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:899
 1208 msgid ""
 1209 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should keep local users and groups in "
 1210 "negative cache before trying to look it up in the back end again. Setting "
 1211 "the option to 0 disables this feature."
 1212 msgstr ""
 1213 
 1214 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1215 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:905
 1216 msgid "Default: 14400 (4 hours)"
 1217 msgstr ""
 1218 
 1219 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1220 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:910
 1221 msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)"
 1222 msgstr ""
 1223 
 1224 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1225 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:913
 1226 msgid ""
 1227 "Exclude certain users or groups from being fetched from the sss NSS "
 1228 "database. This is particularly useful for system accounts. This option can "
 1229 "also be set per-domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users "
 1230 "from the particular domain or by a user principal name (UPN)."
 1231 msgstr ""
 1232 
 1233 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1234 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:921
 1235 msgid ""
 1236 "NOTE: The filter_groups option doesn't affect inheritance of nested group "
 1237 "members, since filtering happens after they are propagated for returning via "
 1238 "NSS. E.g. a group having a member group filtered out will still have the "
 1239 "member users of the latter listed."
 1240 msgstr ""
 1241 
 1242 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1243 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:929
 1244 msgid "Default: root"
 1245 msgstr ""
 1246 
 1247 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1248 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:934
 1249 msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)"
 1250 msgstr ""
 1251 
 1252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1253 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:937
 1254 msgid ""
 1255 "If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false."
 1256 msgstr ""
 1257 
 1258 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1259 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:948
 1260 msgid "fallback_homedir (string)"
 1261 msgstr ""
 1262 
 1263 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1264 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:951
 1265 msgid ""
 1266 "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
 1267 "explicitly by the domain's data provider."
 1268 msgstr ""
 1269 
 1270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:956
 1272 msgid ""
 1273 "The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir."
 1274 msgstr ""
 1275 
 1276 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1277 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:962
 1278 #, no-wrap
 1279 msgid ""
 1280 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 1281 "                            "
 1282 msgstr ""
 1283 
 1284 #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1285 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:960 sssd.conf.5.xml:1481 sssd.conf.5.xml:1500
 1286 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:592 include/override_homedir.xml:59
 1287 msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1288 msgstr ""
 1289 
 1290 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1291 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:966
 1292 msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
 1293 msgstr ""
 1294 
 1295 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1296 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:972
 1297 msgid "override_shell (string)"
 1298 msgstr ""
 1299 
 1300 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1301 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:975
 1302 msgid ""
 1303 "Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other "
 1304 "shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section "
 1305 "or per-domain."
 1306 msgstr ""
 1307 
 1308 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1309 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:981
 1310 msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
 1311 msgstr ""
 1312 
 1313 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1314 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:987
 1315 msgid "allowed_shells (string)"
 1316 msgstr ""
 1317 
 1318 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1319 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:990
 1320 msgid ""
 1321 "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:"
 1322 msgstr ""
 1323 
 1324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1325 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:993
 1326 msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used."
 1327 msgstr ""
 1328 
 1329 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1330 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:997
 1331 msgid ""
 1332 "2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</"
 1333 "quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter."
 1334 msgstr ""
 1335 
 1336 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1337 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1002
 1338 msgid ""
 1339 "3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/"
 1340 "shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used."
 1341 msgstr ""
 1342 
 1343 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1344 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1007
 1345 msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell."
 1346 msgstr ""
 1347 
 1348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1349 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1010
 1350 msgid ""
 1351 "The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's "
 1352 "shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all "
 1353 "allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead."
 1354 msgstr ""
 1355 
 1356 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1357 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1017
 1358 msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc."
 1359 msgstr ""
 1360 
 1361 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1362 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1020
 1363 msgid ""
 1364 "The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means "
 1365 "that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed."
 1366 msgstr ""
 1367 
 1368 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1369 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1024
 1370 msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used."
 1371 msgstr ""
 1372 
 1373 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1374 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1029
 1375 msgid "vetoed_shells (string)"
 1376 msgstr ""
 1377 
 1378 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1379 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1032
 1380 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
 1381 msgstr ""
 1382 
 1383 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1384 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1037
 1385 msgid "shell_fallback (string)"
 1386 msgstr ""
 1387 
 1388 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1389 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1040
 1390 msgid ""
 1391 "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
 1392 msgstr ""
 1393 
 1394 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1395 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1044
 1396 msgid "Default: /bin/sh"
 1397 msgstr ""
 1398 
 1399 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1400 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1049
 1401 msgid "default_shell"
 1402 msgstr ""
 1403 
 1404 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1405 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1052
 1406 msgid ""
 1407 "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. "
 1408 "This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain."
 1409 msgstr ""
 1410 
 1411 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1412 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1058
 1413 msgid ""
 1414 "Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to "
 1415 "substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)"
 1416 msgstr ""
 1417 
 1418 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1419 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1065 sssd.conf.5.xml:1407
 1420 msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)"
 1421 msgstr ""
 1422 
 1423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1424 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1068 sssd.conf.5.xml:1410
 1425 msgid ""
 1426 "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
 1427 "considered valid."
 1428 msgstr ""
 1429 
 1430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1431 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1077
 1432 msgid "memcache_timeout (integer)"
 1433 msgstr ""
 1434 
 1435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1436 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1080
 1437 msgid ""
 1438 "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
 1439 "valid. Setting this option to zero will disable the in-memory cache."
 1440 msgstr ""
 1441 
 1442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1088
 1444 msgid ""
 1445 "WARNING: Disabling the in-memory cache will have significant negative impact "
 1446 "on SSSD's performance and should only be used for testing."
 1447 msgstr ""
 1448 
 1449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1450 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1094 sssd.conf.5.xml:1119 sssd.conf.5.xml:1144
 1451 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1169
 1452 msgid ""
 1453 "NOTE: If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", "
 1454 "client applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
 1455 msgstr ""
 1456 
 1457 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1458 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1102
 1459 msgid "memcache_size_passwd (integer)"
 1460 msgstr ""
 1461 
 1462 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1463 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1105
 1464 msgid ""
 1465 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1466 "for passwd requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the passwd in-"
 1467 "memory cache."
 1468 msgstr ""
 1469 
 1470 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1471 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1111 sssd.conf.5.xml:2623 sssd-ldap.5.xml:513
 1472 msgid "Default: 8"
 1473 msgstr ""
 1474 
 1475 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1476 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1114 sssd.conf.5.xml:1139 sssd.conf.5.xml:1164
 1477 msgid ""
 1478 "WARNING: Disabled or too small in-memory cache can have significant negative "
 1479 "impact on SSSD's performance."
 1480 msgstr ""
 1481 
 1482 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1483 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1127
 1484 msgid "memcache_size_group (integer)"
 1485 msgstr ""
 1486 
 1487 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1488 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1130
 1489 msgid ""
 1490 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1491 "for group requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the group in-memory "
 1492 "cache."
 1493 msgstr ""
 1494 
 1495 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1496 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1136 sssd.conf.5.xml:3340 sssd-ldap.5.xml:453
 1497 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:495 sssd-krb5.5.xml:248 include/failover.xml:116
 1498 msgid "Default: 6"
 1499 msgstr ""
 1500 
 1501 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1502 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1152
 1503 msgid "memcache_size_initgroups (integer)"
 1504 msgstr ""
 1505 
 1506 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1507 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1155
 1508 msgid ""
 1509 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1510 "for initgroups requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the initgroups "
 1511 "in-memory cache."
 1512 msgstr ""
 1513 
 1514 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1515 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1177 sssd-ifp.5.xml:74
 1516 msgid "user_attributes (string)"
 1517 msgstr ""
 1518 
 1519 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1520 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1180
 1521 msgid ""
 1522 "Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes "
 1523 "than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of "
 1524 "attributes is controlled by this option. It is handled the same way as the "
 1525 "<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see "
 1526 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 1527 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values."
 1528 msgstr ""
 1529 
 1530 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1531 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1193
 1532 msgid ""
 1533 "To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe "
 1534 "option if it is not set for the NSS responder."
 1535 msgstr ""
 1536 
 1537 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1538 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1198
 1539 msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
 1540 msgstr ""
 1541 
 1542 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1543 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1203
 1544 msgid "pwfield (string)"
 1545 msgstr ""
 1546 
 1547 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1548 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1206
 1549 msgid ""
 1550 "The value that NSS operations that return users or groups will return for "
 1551 "the <quote>password</quote> field."
 1552 msgstr ""
 1553 
 1554 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1555 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1211
 1556 msgid "Default: <quote>*</quote>"
 1557 msgstr ""
 1558 
 1559 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1560 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1214
 1561 msgid ""
 1562 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 1563 "[nss] section."
 1564 msgstr ""
 1565 
 1566 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1567 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1218
 1568 msgid ""
 1569 "Default: <quote>not set</quote> (remote domains), <quote>x</quote> (the "
 1570 "files domain), <quote>x</quote> (proxy domain with nss_files and sssd-"
 1571 "shadowutils target)"
 1572 msgstr ""
 1573 
 1574 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1575 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1228
 1576 msgid "PAM configuration options"
 1577 msgstr ""
 1578 
 1579 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1580 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1230
 1581 msgid ""
 1582 "These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module "
 1583 "(PAM) service."
 1584 msgstr ""
 1585 
 1586 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1587 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1235
 1588 msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)"
 1589 msgstr ""
 1590 
 1591 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1592 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1238
 1593 msgid ""
 1594 "If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached "
 1595 "logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
 1596 msgstr ""
 1597 
 1598 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1599 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1243 sssd.conf.5.xml:1256
 1600 msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)"
 1601 msgstr ""
 1602 
 1603 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1604 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1249
 1605 msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)"
 1606 msgstr ""
 1607 
 1608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1609 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1252
 1610 msgid ""
 1611 "If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts "
 1612 "are allowed."
 1613 msgstr ""
 1614 
 1615 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1616 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1262
 1617 msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)"
 1618 msgstr ""
 1619 
 1620 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1621 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1265
 1622 msgid ""
 1623 "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
 1624 "has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
 1625 msgstr ""
 1626 
 1627 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1628 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1270
 1629 msgid ""
 1630 "If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if "
 1631 "offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online "
 1632 "authentication can enable offline authentication again."
 1633 msgstr ""
 1634 
 1635 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1636 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1276 sssd.conf.5.xml:1374
 1637 msgid "Default: 5"
 1638 msgstr ""
 1639 
 1640 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1641 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1282
 1642 msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)"
 1643 msgstr ""
 1644 
 1645 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1646 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1285
 1647 msgid ""
 1648 "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. "
 1649 "The higher the number to more messages are displayed."
 1650 msgstr ""
 1651 
 1652 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1653 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1290
 1654 msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:"
 1655 msgstr ""
 1656 
 1657 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1658 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1293
 1659 msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message"
 1660 msgstr ""
 1661 
 1662 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1663 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1296
 1664 msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages"
 1665 msgstr ""
 1666 
 1667 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1668 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1300
 1669 msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages"
 1670 msgstr ""
 1671 
 1672 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1673 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1303
 1674 msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information"
 1675 msgstr ""
 1676 
 1677 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1678 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1307 sssd.8.xml:63
 1679 msgid "Default: 1"
 1680 msgstr ""
 1681 
 1682 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1683 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1313
 1684 msgid "pam_response_filter (string)"
 1685 msgstr ""
 1686 
 1687 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1688 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1316
 1689 msgid ""
 1690 "A comma separated list of strings which allows to remove (filter) data sent "
 1691 "by the PAM responder to pam_sss PAM module. There are different kind of "
 1692 "responses sent to pam_sss e.g. messages displayed to the user or environment "
 1693 "variables which should be set by pam_sss."
 1694 msgstr ""
 1695 
 1696 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1697 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1324
 1698 msgid ""
 1699 "While messages already can be controlled with the help of the pam_verbosity "
 1700 "option this option allows to filter out other kind of responses as well."
 1701 msgstr ""
 1702 
 1703 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1704 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1331
 1705 msgid "ENV"
 1706 msgstr ""
 1707 
 1708 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1709 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1332
 1710 msgid "Do not send any environment variables to any service."
 1711 msgstr ""
 1712 
 1713 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1714 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1335
 1715 msgid "ENV:var_name"
 1716 msgstr ""
 1717 
 1718 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1719 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1336
 1720 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to any service."
 1721 msgstr ""
 1722 
 1723 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1724 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1340
 1725 msgid "ENV:var_name:service"
 1726 msgstr ""
 1727 
 1728 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1729 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1341
 1730 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to service."
 1731 msgstr ""
 1732 
 1733 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1734 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1329
 1735 msgid ""
 1736 "Currently the following filters are supported: <placeholder type="
 1737 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1738 msgstr ""
 1739 
 1740 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1741 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1351
 1742 msgid "Example: ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i"
 1743 msgstr ""
 1744 
 1745 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1746 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1357
 1747 msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
 1748 msgstr ""
 1749 
 1750 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1751 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1360
 1752 msgid ""
 1753 "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
 1754 "immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
 1755 "ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
 1756 msgstr ""
 1757 
 1758 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1759 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1366
 1760 msgid ""
 1761 "A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as "
 1762 "account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-"
 1763 "client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity "
 1764 "information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider."
 1765 msgstr ""
 1766 
 1767 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1768 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1380
 1769 msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 1770 msgstr ""
 1771 
 1772 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1773 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1383 sssd.conf.5.xml:2647
 1774 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
 1775 msgstr ""
 1776 
 1777 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1778 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1386
 1779 msgid ""
 1780 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 1781 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 1782 "cannot display a warning."
 1783 msgstr ""
 1784 
 1785 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1786 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1392 sssd.conf.5.xml:2650
 1787 msgid ""
 1788 "If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration "
 1789 "warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed."
 1790 msgstr ""
 1791 
 1792 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1793 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1397
 1794 msgid ""
 1795 "This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
 1796 "emphasis> for a particular domain."
 1797 msgstr ""
 1798 
 1799 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1800 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1402 sssd.conf.5.xml:3534 sssd-ldap.5.xml:549 sssd.8.xml:79
 1801 msgid "Default: 0"
 1802 msgstr ""
 1803 
 1804 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1805 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1419
 1806 msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)"
 1807 msgstr ""
 1808 
 1809 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1810 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1422
 1811 msgid ""
 1812 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 1813 "allowed to run PAM conversations against trusted domains.  Users not "
 1814 "included in this list can only access domains marked as public with "
 1815 "<quote>pam_public_domains</quote>.  User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 1816 "startup."
 1817 msgstr ""
 1818 
 1819 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1820 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1432
 1821 msgid "Default: All users are considered trusted by default"
 1822 msgstr ""
 1823 
 1824 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1825 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1436
 1826 msgid ""
 1827 "Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in "
 1828 "case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list."
 1829 msgstr ""
 1830 
 1831 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1832 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1443
 1833 msgid "pam_public_domains (string)"
 1834 msgstr ""
 1835 
 1836 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1837 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1446
 1838 msgid ""
 1839 "Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even "
 1840 "to untrusted users."
 1841 msgstr ""
 1842 
 1843 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1844 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1450
 1845 msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:"
 1846 msgstr ""
 1847 
 1848 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1849 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1454
 1850 msgid ""
 1851 "all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)"
 1852 msgstr ""
 1853 
 1854 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1855 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1458
 1856 msgid ""
 1857 "none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in "
 1858 "responder.)"
 1859 msgstr ""
 1860 
 1861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1862 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1462 sssd.conf.5.xml:1487 sssd.conf.5.xml:1506
 1863 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1684 sssd.conf.5.xml:2396 sssd.conf.5.xml:3463
 1864 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1091
 1865 msgid "Default: none"
 1866 msgstr ""
 1867 
 1868 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1869 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1467
 1870 msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)"
 1871 msgstr ""
 1872 
 1873 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1874 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1470
 1875 msgid ""
 1876 "Allows a custom expiration message to be set, replacing the default "
 1877 "'Permission denied' message."
 1878 msgstr ""
 1879 
 1880 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1881 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1475
 1882 msgid ""
 1883 "Note: Please be aware that message is only printed for the SSH service "
 1884 "unless pam_verbosity is set to 3 (show all messages and debug information)."
 1885 msgstr ""
 1886 
 1887 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1888 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1483
 1889 #, no-wrap
 1890 msgid ""
 1891 "pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please contact help desk.\n"
 1892 "                            "
 1893 msgstr ""
 1894 
 1895 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1896 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1492
 1897 msgid "pam_account_locked_message (string)"
 1898 msgstr ""
 1899 
 1900 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1901 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1495
 1902 msgid ""
 1903 "Allows a custom lockout message to be set, replacing the default 'Permission "
 1904 "denied' message."
 1905 msgstr ""
 1906 
 1907 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1908 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1502
 1909 #, no-wrap
 1910 msgid ""
 1911 "pam_account_locked_message = Account locked, please contact help desk.\n"
 1912 "                            "
 1913 msgstr ""
 1914 
 1915 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1916 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1511
 1917 msgid "pam_cert_auth (bool)"
 1918 msgstr ""
 1919 
 1920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1514
 1922 msgid ""
 1923 "Enable certificate based Smartcard authentication.  Since this requires "
 1924 "additional communication with the Smartcard which will delay the "
 1925 "authentication process this option is disabled by default."
 1926 msgstr ""
 1927 
 1928 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1929 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1520 sssd-ldap.5.xml:590 sssd-ldap.5.xml:611
 1930 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1169 sssd-ad.5.xml:482 sssd-ad.5.xml:558 sssd-ad.5.xml:1103
 1931 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:1152 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:244
 1932 msgid "Default: False"
 1933 msgstr ""
 1934 
 1935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1936 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1525
 1937 msgid "pam_cert_db_path (string)"
 1938 msgstr ""
 1939 
 1940 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1941 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1528
 1942 msgid "The path to the certificate database."
 1943 msgstr ""
 1944 
 1945 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1946 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1531 sssd.conf.5.xml:2016 sssd.conf.5.xml:3990
 1947 msgid "Default:"
 1948 msgstr ""
 1949 
 1950 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1951 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1533 sssd.conf.5.xml:2018
 1952 msgid ""
 1953 "/etc/sssd/pki/sssd_auth_ca_db.pem (path to a file with trusted CA "
 1954 "certificates in PEM format)"
 1955 msgstr ""
 1956 
 1957 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1958 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1543
 1959 msgid "p11_child_timeout (integer)"
 1960 msgstr ""
 1961 
 1962 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1963 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1546
 1964 msgid "How many seconds will pam_sss wait for p11_child to finish."
 1965 msgstr ""
 1966 
 1967 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1968 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1555
 1969 msgid "pam_app_services (string)"
 1970 msgstr ""
 1971 
 1972 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1973 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1558
 1974 msgid ""
 1975 "Which PAM services are permitted to contact domains of type "
 1976 "<quote>application</quote>"
 1977 msgstr ""
 1978 
 1979 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1980 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1567
 1981 msgid "pam_p11_allowed_services (integer)"
 1982 msgstr ""
 1983 
 1984 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1985 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1570
 1986 msgid ""
 1987 "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which it will be allowed to "
 1988 "use Smartcards."
 1989 msgstr ""
 1990 
 1991 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1992 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1585
 1993 #, no-wrap
 1994 msgid ""
 1995 "pam_p11_allowed_services = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
 1996 "                            "
 1997 msgstr ""
 1998 
 1999 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2000 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1574
 2001 msgid ""
 2002 "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
 2003 "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
 2004 "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in order "
 2005 "to replace a default PAM service name for authentication with Smartcards (e."
 2006 "g. <quote>login</quote>) with a custom PAM service name (e.g. "
 2007 "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
 2008 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2009 msgstr ""
 2010 
 2011 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2012 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1589 sssd-ad.5.xml:621 sssd-ad.5.xml:730 sssd-ad.5.xml:788
 2013 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:846 sssd-ad.5.xml:924
 2014 msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:"
 2015 msgstr ""
 2016 
 2017 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2018 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1594 sssd-ad.5.xml:625
 2019 msgid "login"
 2020 msgstr ""
 2021 
 2022 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2023 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1599 sssd-ad.5.xml:630
 2024 msgid "su"
 2025 msgstr ""
 2026 
 2027 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2028 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1604 sssd-ad.5.xml:635
 2029 msgid "su-l"
 2030 msgstr ""
 2031 
 2032 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2033 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1609 sssd-ad.5.xml:650
 2034 msgid "gdm-smartcard"
 2035 msgstr ""
 2036 
 2037 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2038 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1614 sssd-ad.5.xml:645
 2039 msgid "gdm-password"
 2040 msgstr ""
 2041 
 2042 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2043 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1619 sssd-ad.5.xml:655
 2044 msgid "kdm"
 2045 msgstr ""
 2046 
 2047 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2048 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1624 sssd-ad.5.xml:933
 2049 msgid "sudo"
 2050 msgstr ""
 2051 
 2052 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2053 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1629 sssd-ad.5.xml:938
 2054 msgid "sudo-i"
 2055 msgstr ""
 2056 
 2057 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2058 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1634
 2059 msgid "gnome-screensaver"
 2060 msgstr ""
 2061 
 2062 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2063 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1642
 2064 msgid "p11_wait_for_card_timeout (integer)"
 2065 msgstr ""
 2066 
 2067 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2068 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1645
 2069 msgid ""
 2070 "If Smartcard authentication is required how many extra seconds in addition "
 2071 "to p11_child_timeout should the PAM responder wait until a Smartcard is "
 2072 "inserted."
 2073 msgstr ""
 2074 
 2075 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2076 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1656
 2077 msgid "p11_uri (string)"
 2078 msgstr ""
 2079 
 2080 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2081 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1659
 2082 msgid ""
 2083 "PKCS#11 URI (see RFC-7512 for details) which can be used to restrict the "
 2084 "selection of devices used for Smartcard authentication. By default SSSD's "
 2085 "p11_child will search for a PKCS#11 slot (reader)  where the 'removable' "
 2086 "flags is set and read the certificates from the inserted token from the "
 2087 "first slot found. If multiple readers are connected p11_uri can be used to "
 2088 "tell p11_child to use a specific reader."
 2089 msgstr ""
 2090 
 2091 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2092 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1672
 2093 #, no-wrap
 2094 msgid ""
 2095 "p11_uri = slot-description=My%20Smartcard%20Reader\n"
 2096 "                            "
 2097 msgstr ""
 2098 
 2099 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2100 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1676
 2101 #, no-wrap
 2102 msgid ""
 2103 "p11_uri = library-description=OpenSC%20smartcard%20framework;slot-id=2\n"
 2104 "                            "
 2105 msgstr ""
 2106 
 2107 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2108 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1670
 2109 msgid ""
 2110 "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or <placeholder "
 2111 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> To find suitable URI please check the "
 2112 "debug output of p11_child. As an alternative the GnuTLS utility 'p11tool' "
 2113 "with e.g. the '--list-all' will show PKCS#11 URIs as well."
 2114 msgstr ""
 2115 
 2116 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2117 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1689
 2118 msgid "pam_initgroups_scheme"
 2119 msgstr ""
 2120 
 2121 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2122 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1697
 2123 msgid "always"
 2124 msgstr ""
 2125 
 2126 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2127 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1698
 2128 msgid ""
 2129 "Always do an online lookup, please note that pam_id_timeout still applies"
 2130 msgstr ""
 2131 
 2132 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2133 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1702
 2134 msgid "no_session"
 2135 msgstr ""
 2136 
 2137 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2138 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1703
 2139 msgid ""
 2140 "Only do an online lookup if there is no active session of the user, i.e. if "
 2141 "the user is currently not logged in"
 2142 msgstr ""
 2143 
 2144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2145 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1708
 2146 msgid "never"
 2147 msgstr ""
 2148 
 2149 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2150 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1709
 2151 msgid ""
 2152 "Never force an online lookup, use the data from the cache as long as they "
 2153 "are not expired"
 2154 msgstr ""
 2155 
 2156 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2157 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1692
 2158 msgid ""
 2159 "The PAM responder can force an online lookup to get the current group "
 2160 "memberships of the user trying to log in. This option controls when this "
 2161 "should be done and the following values are allowed: <placeholder type="
 2162 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2163 msgstr ""
 2164 
 2165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2166 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1716
 2167 msgid "Default: no_session"
 2168 msgstr ""
 2169 
 2170 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2171 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1721 sssd.conf.5.xml:3929
 2172 msgid "pam_gssapi_services"
 2173 msgstr ""
 2174 
 2175 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2176 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1724
 2177 msgid ""
 2178 "Comma separated list of PAM services that are allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2179 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2180 msgstr ""
 2181 
 2182 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2183 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1729
 2184 msgid ""
 2185 "To disable GSSAPI authentication, set this option to <quote>-</quote> (dash)."
 2186 msgstr ""
 2187 
 2188 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2189 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1733 sssd.conf.5.xml:1764 sssd.conf.5.xml:1802
 2190 msgid ""
 2191 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 2192 "[pam] section. It can also be set for trusted domain which overwrites the "
 2193 "value in the domain section."
 2194 msgstr ""
 2195 
 2196 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2197 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1741
 2198 #, no-wrap
 2199 msgid ""
 2200 "pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
 2201 "                            "
 2202 msgstr ""
 2203 
 2204 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2205 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1739 sssd.conf.5.xml:3457 sssd-secrets.5.xml:448
 2206 msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2207 msgstr ""
 2208 
 2209 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2210 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1745
 2211 msgid "Default: - (GSSAPI authentication is disabled)"
 2212 msgstr ""
 2213 
 2214 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2215 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1750 sssd.conf.5.xml:3930
 2216 msgid "pam_gssapi_check_upn"
 2217 msgstr ""
 2218 
 2219 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2220 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1753
 2221 msgid ""
 2222 "If True, SSSD will require that the Kerberos user principal that "
 2223 "successfully authenticated through GSSAPI can be associated with the user "
 2224 "who is being authenticated. Authentication will fail if the check fails."
 2225 msgstr ""
 2226 
 2227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2228 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1760
 2229 msgid ""
 2230 "If False, every user that is able to obtained required service ticket will "
 2231 "be authenticated."
 2232 msgstr ""
 2233 
 2234 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2235 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1770 sssd-ad.5.xml:1243 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76
 2236 msgid "Default: True"
 2237 msgstr ""
 2238 
 2239 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2240 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1775
 2241 msgid "pam_gssapi_indicators_map"
 2242 msgstr ""
 2243 
 2244 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2245 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1778
 2246 msgid ""
 2247 "Comma separated list of authentication indicators required to be present in "
 2248 "a Kerberos ticket to access a PAM service that is allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2249 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2250 msgstr ""
 2251 
 2252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2253 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1784
 2254 msgid ""
 2255 "Each element of the list can be either an authentication indicator name or a "
 2256 "pair <quote>service:indicator</quote>. Indicators not prefixed with the PAM "
 2257 "service name will be required to access any PAM service configured to be "
 2258 "used with <option>pam_gssapi_services</option>. A resulting list of "
 2259 "indicators per PAM service is then checked against indicators in the "
 2260 "Kerberos ticket during authentication by pam_sss_gss.so. Any indicator from "
 2261 "the ticket that matches the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service "
 2262 "would grant access. If none of the indicators in the list match, access will "
 2263 "be denied. If the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service is empty, "
 2264 "the check will not prevent the access."
 2265 msgstr ""
 2266 
 2267 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2268 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1797
 2269 msgid ""
 2270 "To disable GSSAPI authentication indicator check, set this option to <quote>-"
 2271 "</quote> (dash). To disable the check for a specific PAM service, add "
 2272 "<quote>service:-</quote>."
 2273 msgstr ""
 2274 
 2275 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2276 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1808
 2277 msgid ""
 2278 "Following authentication indicators are supported by IPA Kerberos "
 2279 "deployments:"
 2280 msgstr ""
 2281 
 2282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2283 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1811
 2284 msgid ""
 2285 "pkinit -- pre-authentication using X.509 certificates -- whether stored in "
 2286 "files or on smart cards."
 2287 msgstr ""
 2288 
 2289 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2290 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1814
 2291 msgid ""
 2292 "hardened -- SPAKE pre-authentication or any pre-authentication wrapped in a "
 2293 "FAST channel."
 2294 msgstr ""
 2295 
 2296 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2297 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1817
 2298 msgid "radius -- pre-authentication with the help of a RADIUS server."
 2299 msgstr ""
 2300 
 2301 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2302 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1820
 2303 msgid ""
 2304 "otp -- pre-authentication using integrated two-factor authentication (2FA or "
 2305 "one-time password, OTP) in IPA."
 2306 msgstr ""
 2307 
 2308 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2309 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1830
 2310 #, no-wrap
 2311 msgid ""
 2312 "pam_gssapi_indicators_map = sudo:pkinit, sudo-i:pkinit\n"
 2313 "                            "
 2314 msgstr ""
 2315 
 2316 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2317 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1825
 2318 msgid ""
 2319 "Example: to require access to SUDO services only for users which obtained "
 2320 "their Kerberos tickets with a X.509 certificate pre-authentication (PKINIT), "
 2321 "set <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2322 msgstr ""
 2323 
 2324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2325 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1834
 2326 msgid "Default: not set (use of authentication indicators is not required)"
 2327 msgstr ""
 2328 
 2329 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2330 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1842
 2331 msgid "SUDO configuration options"
 2332 msgstr ""
 2333 
 2334 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2335 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1844
 2336 msgid ""
 2337 "These options can be used to configure the sudo service.  The detailed "
 2338 "instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
 2339 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with "
 2340 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 2341 "</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2342 "sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2343 msgstr ""
 2344 
 2345 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2346 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1861
 2347 msgid "sudo_timed (bool)"
 2348 msgstr ""
 2349 
 2350 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2351 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1864
 2352 msgid ""
 2353 "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
 2354 "that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
 2355 msgstr ""
 2356 
 2357 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2358 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1876
 2359 msgid "sudo_threshold (integer)"
 2360 msgstr ""
 2361 
 2362 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2363 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1879
 2364 msgid ""
 2365 "Maximum number of expired rules that can be refreshed at once. If number of "
 2366 "expired rules is below threshold, those rules are refreshed with "
 2367 "<quote>rules refresh</quote> mechanism. If the threshold is exceeded a "
 2368 "<quote>full refresh</quote> of sudo rules is triggered instead. This "
 2369 "threshold number also applies to IPA sudo command and command group searches."
 2370 msgstr ""
 2371 
 2372 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2373 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1898
 2374 msgid "AUTOFS configuration options"
 2375 msgstr ""
 2376 
 2377 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2378 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1900
 2379 msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service."
 2380 msgstr ""
 2381 
 2382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2383 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1904
 2384 msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)"
 2385 msgstr ""
 2386 
 2387 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2388 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1907
 2389 msgid ""
 2390 "Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache "
 2391 "hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) "
 2392 "before asking the back end again."
 2393 msgstr ""
 2394 
 2395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2396 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1923
 2397 msgid "SSH configuration options"
 2398 msgstr ""
 2399 
 2400 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2401 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1925
 2402 msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service."
 2403 msgstr ""
 2404 
 2405 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2406 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1929
 2407 msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
 2408 msgstr ""
 2409 
 2410 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2411 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1932
 2412 msgid ""
 2413 "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
 2414 "file."
 2415 msgstr ""
 2416 
 2417 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2418 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1941
 2419 msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
 2420 msgstr ""
 2421 
 2422 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2423 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1944
 2424 msgid ""
 2425 "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
 2426 "host keys were requested."
 2427 msgstr ""
 2428 
 2429 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2430 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1948
 2431 msgid "Default: 180"
 2432 msgstr ""
 2433 
 2434 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2435 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1953
 2436 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_keys (bool)"
 2437 msgstr ""
 2438 
 2439 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2440 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1956
 2441 msgid ""
 2442 "If set to true the <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> will return ssh "
 2443 "keys derived from the public key of X.509 certificates stored in the user "
 2444 "entry as well. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 2445 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
 2446 msgstr ""
 2447 
 2448 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2449 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1971
 2450 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_matching_rules (string)"
 2451 msgstr ""
 2452 
 2453 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2454 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1974
 2455 msgid ""
 2456 "By default the ssh responder will use all available certificate matching "
 2457 "rules to filter the certificates so that ssh keys are only derived from the "
 2458 "matching ones. With this option the used rules can be restricted with a "
 2459 "comma separated list of mapping and matching rule names. All other rules "
 2460 "will be ignored."
 2461 msgstr ""
 2462 
 2463 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2464 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1983
 2465 msgid ""
 2466 "There are two special key words 'all_rules' and 'no_rules' which will enable "
 2467 "all or no rules, respectively. The latter means that no certificates will be "
 2468 "filtered out and ssh keys will be generated from all valid certificates."
 2469 msgstr ""
 2470 
 2471 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2472 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1990
 2473 msgid ""
 2474 "If no rules are configured using 'all_rules' will enable a default rule "
 2475 "which enables all certificates suitable for client authentication.  This is "
 2476 "the same behavior as for the PAM responder if certificate authentication is "
 2477 "enabled."
 2478 msgstr ""
 2479 
 2480 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2481 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1997
 2482 msgid ""
 2483 "A non-existing rule name is considered an error.  If as a result no rule is "
 2484 "selected all certificates will be ignored."
 2485 msgstr ""
 2486 
 2487 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2488 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2002
 2489 msgid ""
 2490 "Default: not set, equivalent to 'all_rules', all found rules or the default "
 2491 "rule are used"
 2492 msgstr ""
 2493 
 2494 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2495 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2008
 2496 msgid "ca_db (string)"
 2497 msgstr ""
 2498 
 2499 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2500 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2011
 2501 msgid ""
 2502 "Path to a storage of trusted CA certificates. The option is used to validate "
 2503 "user certificates before deriving public ssh keys from them."
 2504 msgstr ""
 2505 
 2506 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2507 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2031
 2508 msgid "PAC responder configuration options"
 2509 msgstr ""
 2510 
 2511 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2512 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2033
 2513 msgid ""
 2514 "The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT "
 2515 "Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the "
 2516 "PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain "
 2517 "provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is "
 2518 "joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. If "
 2519 "the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are done:"
 2520 msgstr ""
 2521 
 2522 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2523 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2042
 2524 msgid ""
 2525 "If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The UID is "
 2526 "determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the "
 2527 "GID will have the same value as the UID. The home directory is set based on "
 2528 "the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. "
 2529 "the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell "
 2530 "parameter."
 2531 msgstr ""
 2532 
 2533 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2534 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2050
 2535 msgid ""
 2536 "If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be "
 2537 "added to those groups."
 2538 msgstr ""
 2539 
 2540 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2541 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2056
 2542 msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder."
 2543 msgstr ""
 2544 
 2545 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2546 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2060 sssd-ifp.5.xml:50
 2547 msgid "allowed_uids (string)"
 2548 msgstr ""
 2549 
 2550 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2551 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2063
 2552 msgid ""
 2553 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 2554 "allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 2555 "startup."
 2556 msgstr ""
 2557 
 2558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2559 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2069
 2560 msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)"
 2561 msgstr ""
 2562 
 2563 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2564 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2073
 2565 msgid ""
 2566 "Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
 2567 "overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
 2568 "access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 "
 2569 "to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
 2570 msgstr ""
 2571 
 2572 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2573 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2082
 2574 msgid "pac_lifetime (integer)"
 2575 msgstr ""
 2576 
 2577 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2578 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2085
 2579 msgid ""
 2580 "Lifetime of the PAC entry in seconds. As long as the PAC is valid the PAC "
 2581 "data can be used to determine the group memberships of a user."
 2582 msgstr ""
 2583 
 2584 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2585 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2098
 2586 msgid "Session recording configuration options"
 2587 msgstr ""
 2588 
 2589 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2590 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2100
 2591 msgid ""
 2592 "Session recording works in conjunction with <citerefentry> "
 2593 "<refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2594 "citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to log what users see and type when "
 2595 "they log in on a text terminal.  See also <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2596 "session-recording</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2597 msgstr ""
 2598 
 2599 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2600 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2113
 2601 msgid "These options can be used to configure session recording."
 2602 msgstr ""
 2603 
 2604 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2605 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2117 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:64
 2606 msgid "scope (string)"
 2607 msgstr ""
 2608 
 2609 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2610 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2124 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:71
 2611 msgid "\"none\""
 2612 msgstr ""
 2613 
 2614 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2615 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2127 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:74
 2616 msgid "No users are recorded."
 2617 msgstr ""
 2618 
 2619 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2620 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2132 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:79
 2621 msgid "\"some\""
 2622 msgstr ""
 2623 
 2624 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2625 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2135 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:82
 2626 msgid ""
 2627 "Users/groups specified by <replaceable>users</replaceable> and "
 2628 "<replaceable>groups</replaceable> options are recorded."
 2629 msgstr ""
 2630 
 2631 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2632 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2144 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:91
 2633 msgid "\"all\""
 2634 msgstr ""
 2635 
 2636 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2637 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2147 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:94
 2638 msgid "All users are recorded."
 2639 msgstr ""
 2640 
 2641 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2642 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:67
 2643 msgid ""
 2644 "One of the following strings specifying the scope of session recording: "
 2645 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2646 msgstr ""
 2647 
 2648 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2649 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2154 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:101
 2650 msgid "Default: \"none\""
 2651 msgstr ""
 2652 
 2653 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2654 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2159 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:106
 2655 msgid "users (string)"
 2656 msgstr ""
 2657 
 2658 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2659 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2162 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:109
 2660 msgid ""
 2661 "A comma-separated list of users which should have session recording enabled. "
 2662 "Matches user names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the possible space "
 2663 "replacement, case changes, etc."
 2664 msgstr ""
 2665 
 2666 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2667 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2168 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:115
 2668 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no users."
 2669 msgstr ""
 2670 
 2671 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2672 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2173 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:120
 2673 msgid "groups (string)"
 2674 msgstr ""
 2675 
 2676 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2677 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2176 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:123
 2678 msgid ""
 2679 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should have session "
 2680 "recording enabled. Matches group names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the "
 2681 "possible space replacement, case changes, etc."
 2682 msgstr ""
 2683 
 2684 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2685 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2182 sssd.conf.5.xml:2214 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:129
 2686 #: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:161
 2687 msgid ""
 2688 "NOTE: using this option (having it set to anything) has a considerable "
 2689 "performance cost, because each uncached request for a user requires "
 2690 "retrieving and matching the groups the user is member of."
 2691 msgstr ""
 2692 
 2693 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2694 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2189 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:136
 2695 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no groups."
 2696 msgstr ""
 2697 
 2698 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2699 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2194 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:141
 2700 msgid "exclude_users (string)"
 2701 msgstr ""
 2702 
 2703 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2704 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2197 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:144
 2705 msgid ""
 2706 "A comma-separated list of users to be excluded from recording, only "
 2707 "applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2708 msgstr ""
 2709 
 2710 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2711 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2201 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:148
 2712 msgid "Default: Empty. No users excluded."
 2713 msgstr ""
 2714 
 2715 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2716 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2206 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:153
 2717 msgid "exclude_groups (string)"
 2718 msgstr ""
 2719 
 2720 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2721 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2209 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:156
 2722 msgid ""
 2723 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should be excluded from "
 2724 "recording. Only applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2725 msgstr ""
 2726 
 2727 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2728 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2221 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:168
 2729 msgid "Default: Empty. No groups excluded."
 2730 msgstr ""
 2731 
 2732 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 2733 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2231
 2734 msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS"
 2735 msgstr ""
 2736 
 2737 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2738 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2238
 2739 msgid "enabled"
 2740 msgstr ""
 2741 
 2742 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2743 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2241
 2744 msgid ""
 2745 "Explicitly enable or disable the domain. If <quote>true</quote>, the domain "
 2746 "is always <quote>enabled</quote>. If <quote>false</quote>, the domain is "
 2747 "always <quote>disabled</quote>. If this option is not set, the domain is "
 2748 "enabled only if it is listed in the domains option in the <quote>[sssd]</"
 2749 "quote> section."
 2750 msgstr ""
 2751 
 2752 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2753 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2253
 2754 msgid "domain_type (string)"
 2755 msgstr ""
 2756 
 2757 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2758 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2256
 2759 msgid ""
 2760 "Specifies whether the domain is meant to be used by POSIX-aware clients such "
 2761 "as the Name Service Switch or by applications that do not need POSIX data to "
 2762 "be present or generated. Only objects from POSIX domains are available to "
 2763 "the operating system interfaces and utilities."
 2764 msgstr ""
 2765 
 2766 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2767 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2264
 2768 msgid ""
 2769 "Allowed values for this option are <quote>posix</quote> and "
 2770 "<quote>application</quote>."
 2771 msgstr ""
 2772 
 2773 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2774 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2268
 2775 msgid ""
 2776 "POSIX domains are reachable by all services. Application domains are only "
 2777 "reachable from the InfoPipe responder (see <citerefentry> "
 2778 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 2779 "citerefentry>) and the PAM responder."
 2780 msgstr ""
 2781 
 2782 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2783 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2276
 2784 msgid ""
 2785 "NOTE: The application domains are currently well tested with "
 2786 "<quote>id_provider=ldap</quote> only."
 2787 msgstr ""
 2788 
 2789 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2790 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2280
 2791 msgid ""
 2792 "For an easy way to configure a non-POSIX domains, please see the "
 2793 "<quote>Application domains</quote> section."
 2794 msgstr ""
 2795 
 2796 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2797 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2284
 2798 msgid "Default: posix"
 2799 msgstr ""
 2800 
 2801 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2802 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2290
 2803 msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)"
 2804 msgstr ""
 2805 
 2806 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2807 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2293
 2808 msgid ""
 2809 "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
 2810 "outside these limits, it is ignored."
 2811 msgstr ""
 2812 
 2813 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2814 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2298
 2815 msgid ""
 2816 "For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned "
 2817 "to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-"
 2818 "primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as "
 2819 "expected."
 2820 msgstr ""
 2821 
 2822 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2823 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2305
 2824 msgid ""
 2825 "These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them "
 2826 "by name or ID."
 2827 msgstr ""
 2828 
 2829 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2830 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2309
 2831 msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
 2832 msgstr ""
 2833 
 2834 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2835 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2315
 2836 msgid "enumerate (bool)"
 2837 msgstr ""
 2838 
 2839 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2840 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2318
 2841 msgid ""
 2842 "Determines if a domain can be enumerated, that is, whether the domain can "
 2843 "list all the users and group it contains. Note that it is not required to "
 2844 "enable enumeration in order for secondary groups to be displayed. This "
 2845 "parameter can have one of the following values:"
 2846 msgstr ""
 2847 
 2848 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2849 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2326
 2850 msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated"
 2851 msgstr ""
 2852 
 2853 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2854 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2329
 2855 msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain"
 2856 msgstr ""
 2857 
 2858 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2859 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2332 sssd.conf.5.xml:2602 sssd.conf.5.xml:2778
 2860 msgid "Default: FALSE"
 2861 msgstr ""
 2862 
 2863 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2864 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2335
 2865 msgid ""
 2866 "Enumerating a domain requires SSSD to download and store ALL user and group "
 2867 "entries from the remote server."
 2868 msgstr ""
 2869 
 2870 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2871 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2340
 2872 msgid ""
 2873 "Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while "
 2874 "enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup "
 2875 "to fully complete enumerations.  During this time, individual requests for "
 2876 "information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the "
 2877 "heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache "
 2878 "after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the "
 2879 "memberships have to be recomputed. This can lead to the <quote>sssd_be</"
 2880 "quote> process becoming unresponsive or even restarted by the internal "
 2881 "watchdog."
 2882 msgstr ""
 2883 
 2884 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2885 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2355
 2886 msgid ""
 2887 "While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or "
 2888 "group lists may return no results until it completes."
 2889 msgstr ""
 2890 
 2891 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2892 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2360
 2893 msgid ""
 2894 "Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect "
 2895 "network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that "
 2896 "enumeration lookups are completed successfully.  For more information, refer "
 2897 "to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use."
 2898 msgstr ""
 2899 
 2900 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2901 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2368
 2902 msgid ""
 2903 "For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, "
 2904 "especially in large environments."
 2905 msgstr ""
 2906 
 2907 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2908 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2376
 2909 msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)"
 2910 msgstr ""
 2911 
 2912 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2913 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2383
 2914 msgid "all"
 2915 msgstr ""
 2916 
 2917 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2918 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2384
 2919 msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2920 msgstr ""
 2921 
 2922 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2923 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2387
 2924 msgid "none"
 2925 msgstr ""
 2926 
 2927 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2928 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2388
 2929 msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2930 msgstr ""
 2931 
 2932 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2933 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2379
 2934 msgid ""
 2935 "Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The "
 2936 "supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> "
 2937 "Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just "
 2938 "for these trusted domains."
 2939 msgstr ""
 2940 
 2941 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2942 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2402
 2943 msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)"
 2944 msgstr ""
 2945 
 2946 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2947 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2405
 2948 msgid ""
 2949 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the "
 2950 "backend again"
 2951 msgstr ""
 2952 
 2953 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2954 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2409
 2955 msgid ""
 2956 "The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual "
 2957 "objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect "
 2958 "for newly added or expired entries.  You should run the <citerefentry> "
 2959 "<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2960 "citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already "
 2961 "been cached."
 2962 msgstr ""
 2963 
 2964 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2965 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2422
 2966 msgid "Default: 5400"
 2967 msgstr ""
 2968 
 2969 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2970 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2428
 2971 msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)"
 2972 msgstr ""
 2973 
 2974 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2975 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2431
 2976 msgid ""
 2977 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking "
 2978 "the backend again"
 2979 msgstr ""
 2980 
 2981 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2982 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2435 sssd.conf.5.xml:2448 sssd.conf.5.xml:2461
 2983 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2474 sssd.conf.5.xml:2488 sssd.conf.5.xml:2501
 2984 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2515 sssd.conf.5.xml:2529 sssd.conf.5.xml:2542
 2985 msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout"
 2986 msgstr ""
 2987 
 2988 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2989 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2441
 2990 msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)"
 2991 msgstr ""
 2992 
 2993 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2994 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2444
 2995 msgid ""
 2996 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking "
 2997 "the backend again"
 2998 msgstr ""
 2999 
 3000 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3001 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2454
 3002 msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)"
 3003 msgstr ""
 3004 
 3005 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3006 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2457
 3007 msgid ""
 3008 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before "
 3009 "asking the backend again"
 3010 msgstr ""
 3011 
 3012 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3013 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2467
 3014 msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)"
 3015 msgstr ""
 3016 
 3017 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3018 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2470
 3019 msgid ""
 3020 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking "
 3021 "the backend again"
 3022 msgstr ""
 3023 
 3024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3025 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2480
 3026 msgid "entry_cache_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3027 msgstr ""
 3028 
 3029 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3030 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2483
 3031 msgid ""
 3032 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider hosts and networks entries valid "
 3033 "before asking the backend again"
 3034 msgstr ""
 3035 
 3036 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3037 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2494
 3038 msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
 3039 msgstr ""
 3040 
 3041 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3042 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2497
 3043 msgid ""
 3044 "How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend "
 3045 "again"
 3046 msgstr ""
 3047 
 3048 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3049 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2507
 3050 msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
 3051 msgstr ""
 3052 
 3053 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3054 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2510
 3055 msgid ""
 3056 "How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid "
 3057 "before asking the backend again"
 3058 msgstr ""
 3059 
 3060 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3061 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2521
 3062 msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)"
 3063 msgstr ""
 3064 
 3065 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3066 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2524
 3067 msgid ""
 3068 "How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache "
 3069 "the host key for."
 3070 msgstr ""
 3071 
 3072 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3073 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2535
 3074 msgid "entry_cache_computer_timeout (integer)"
 3075 msgstr ""
 3076 
 3077 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3078 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2538
 3079 msgid ""
 3080 "How many seconds to keep the local computer entry before asking the backend "
 3081 "again"
 3082 msgstr ""
 3083 
 3084 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3085 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2548
 3086 msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)"
 3087 msgstr ""
 3088 
 3089 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3090 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2551
 3091 msgid ""
 3092 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background "
 3093 "refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records."
 3094 msgstr ""
 3095 
 3096 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3097 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2556
 3098 msgid ""
 3099 "The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the "
 3100 "cache. For users who have performed the initgroups (get group membership for "
 3101 "user, typically ran at login)  operation in the past, both the user entry "
 3102 "and the group membership are updated."
 3103 msgstr ""
 3104 
 3105 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3106 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2564
 3107 msgid "This option is automatically inherited for all trusted domains."
 3108 msgstr ""
 3109 
 3110 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3111 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2568
 3112 msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
 3113 msgstr ""
 3114 
 3115 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3116 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2572
 3117 msgid ""
 3118 "Cache entry will be refreshed by background task when 2/3 of cache timeout "
 3119 "has already passed.  If there are existing cached entries, the background "
 3120 "task will refer to their original cache timeout values instead of current "
 3121 "configuration value.  This may lead to a situation in which background "
 3122 "refresh task appears to not be working. This is done by design to improve "
 3123 "offline mode operation and reuse of existing valid cache entries.  To make "
 3124 "this change instant the user may want to manually invalidate existing cache."
 3125 msgstr ""
 3126 
 3127 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3128 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2585 sssd-ldap.5.xml:350 sssd-ipa.5.xml:269
 3129 msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
 3130 msgstr ""
 3131 
 3132 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3133 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2591
 3134 msgid "cache_credentials (bool)"
 3135 msgstr ""
 3136 
 3137 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3138 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2594
 3139 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache"
 3140 msgstr ""
 3141 
 3142 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3143 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2598
 3144 msgid "User credentials are stored in a SHA512 hash, not in plaintext"
 3145 msgstr ""
 3146 
 3147 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3148 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2608
 3149 msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)"
 3150 msgstr ""
 3151 
 3152 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3153 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2611
 3154 msgid ""
 3155 "If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved "
 3156 "this value determines the minimal length the first authentication factor "
 3157 "(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache."
 3158 msgstr ""
 3159 
 3160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3161 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2618
 3162 msgid ""
 3163 "This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in "
 3164 "the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks."
 3165 msgstr ""
 3166 
 3167 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3168 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2629
 3169 msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)"
 3170 msgstr ""
 3171 
 3172 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3173 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2632
 3174 msgid ""
 3175 "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
 3176 "being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever.  The "
 3177 "value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to "
 3178 "offline_credentials_expiration."
 3179 msgstr ""
 3180 
 3181 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3182 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2639
 3183 msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)"
 3184 msgstr ""
 3185 
 3186 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3187 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2644
 3188 msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 3189 msgstr ""
 3190 
 3191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3192 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2655
 3193 msgid ""
 3194 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 3195 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 3196 "cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the "
 3197 "backend."
 3198 msgstr ""
 3199 
 3200 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3201 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2662
 3202 msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
 3203 msgstr ""
 3204 
 3205 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3206 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2668
 3207 msgid "id_provider (string)"
 3208 msgstr ""
 3209 
 3210 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3211 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2671
 3212 msgid ""
 3213 "The identification provider used for the domain.  Supported ID providers are:"
 3214 msgstr ""
 3215 
 3216 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3217 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2675
 3218 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider."
 3219 msgstr ""
 3220 
 3221 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3222 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2678
 3223 msgid ""
 3224 "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users (DEPRECATED)."
 3225 msgstr ""
 3226 
 3227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3228 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2682
 3229 msgid ""
 3230 "<quote>files</quote>: FILES provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3231 "files</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3232 "information on how to mirror local users and groups into SSSD."
 3233 msgstr ""
 3234 
 3235 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3236 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2690
 3237 msgid ""
 3238 "<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3239 "ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3240 "information on configuring LDAP."
 3241 msgstr ""
 3242 
 3243 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3244 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2698 sssd.conf.5.xml:2804 sssd.conf.5.xml:2859
 3245 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2922
 3246 msgid ""
 3247 "<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management "
 3248 "provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
 3249 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3250 "FreeIPA."
 3251 msgstr ""
 3252 
 3253 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3254 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2707 sssd.conf.5.xml:2813 sssd.conf.5.xml:2868
 3255 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2931
 3256 msgid ""
 3257 "<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> "
 3258 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3259 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory."
 3260 msgstr ""
 3261 
 3262 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3263 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2718
 3264 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)"
 3265 msgstr ""
 3266 
 3267 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3268 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2721
 3269 msgid ""
 3270 "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
 3271 "as the user's login name reported to NSS."
 3272 msgstr ""
 3273 
 3274 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3275 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2726
 3276 msgid ""
 3277 "If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. "
 3278 "For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, "
 3279 "<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while "
 3280 "<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would."
 3281 msgstr ""
 3282 
 3283 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3284 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2734
 3285 msgid ""
 3286 "NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to "
 3287 "include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains "
 3288 "will be searched when an unqualified name is requested."
 3289 msgstr ""
 3290 
 3291 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3292 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2741
 3293 msgid ""
 3294 "Default: FALSE (TRUE for trusted domain/sub-domains or if "
 3295 "default_domain_suffix is used)"
 3296 msgstr ""
 3297 
 3298 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3299 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2748
 3300 msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)"
 3301 msgstr ""
 3302 
 3303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3304 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2751
 3305 msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups."
 3306 msgstr ""
 3307 
 3308 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3309 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2754
 3310 msgid ""
 3311 "If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the "
 3312 "ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup "
 3313 "calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> "
 3314 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> "
 3315 "<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
 3316 "citerefentry>.  As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would "
 3317 "return the requested group as if it was empty."
 3318 msgstr ""
 3319 
 3320 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3321 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2772
 3322 msgid ""
 3323 "Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group "
 3324 "membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many "
 3325 "members."
 3326 msgstr ""
 3327 
 3328 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3329 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2783
 3330 msgid "auth_provider (string)"
 3331 msgstr ""
 3332 
 3333 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3334 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2786
 3335 msgid ""
 3336 "The authentication provider used for the domain.  Supported auth providers "
 3337 "are:"
 3338 msgstr ""
 3339 
 3340 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3341 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2790 sssd.conf.5.xml:2852
 3342 msgid ""
 3343 "<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3344 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3345 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3346 msgstr ""
 3347 
 3348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3349 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2797
 3350 msgid ""
 3351 "<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3352 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3353 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3354 msgstr ""
 3355 
 3356 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3357 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2821
 3358 msgid ""
 3359 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
 3360 msgstr ""
 3361 
 3362 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3363 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2824
 3364 msgid "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users"
 3365 msgstr ""
 3366 
 3367 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3368 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2828
 3369 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly."
 3370 msgstr ""
 3371 
 3372 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3373 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2831
 3374 msgid ""
 3375 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3376 "authentication requests."
 3377 msgstr ""
 3378 
 3379 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3380 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2837
 3381 msgid "access_provider (string)"
 3382 msgstr ""
 3383 
 3384 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3385 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2840
 3386 msgid ""
 3387 "The access control provider used for the domain.  There are two built-in "
 3388 "access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends)  "
 3389 "Internal special providers are:"
 3390 msgstr ""
 3391 
 3392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3393 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2846
 3394 msgid ""
 3395 "<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access "
 3396 "provider for a local domain."
 3397 msgstr ""
 3398 
 3399 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3400 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2849
 3401 msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access."
 3402 msgstr ""
 3403 
 3404 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3405 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2876
 3406 msgid ""
 3407 "<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See "
 3408 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3409 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple "
 3410 "access module."
 3411 msgstr ""
 3412 
 3413 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3414 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2883
 3415 msgid ""
 3416 "<quote>krb5</quote>: .k5login based access control.  See <citerefentry> "
 3417 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
 3418 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3419 msgstr ""
 3420 
 3421 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3422 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2890
 3423 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying access control to another PAM module."
 3424 msgstr ""
 3425 
 3426 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3427 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2893
 3428 msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 3429 msgstr ""
 3430 
 3431 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3432 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2898
 3433 msgid "chpass_provider (string)"
 3434 msgstr ""
 3435 
 3436 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3437 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2901
 3438 msgid ""
 3439 "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain.  "
 3440 "Supported change password providers are:"
 3441 msgstr ""
 3442 
 3443 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3444 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2906
 3445 msgid ""
 3446 "<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See "
 3447 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3448 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3449 msgstr ""
 3450 
 3451 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3452 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2914
 3453 msgid ""
 3454 "<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> "
 3455 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3456 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3457 msgstr ""
 3458 
 3459 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3460 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2939
 3461 msgid ""
 3462 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target."
 3463 msgstr ""
 3464 
 3465 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3466 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2943
 3467 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly."
 3468 msgstr ""
 3469 
 3470 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3471 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2946
 3472 msgid ""
 3473 "Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3474 "change password requests."
 3475 msgstr ""
 3476 
 3477 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3478 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2953
 3479 msgid "sudo_provider (string)"
 3480 msgstr ""
 3481 
 3482 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3483 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2956
 3484 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain.  Supported SUDO providers are:"
 3485 msgstr ""
 3486 
 3487 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3488 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2960
 3489 msgid ""
 3490 "<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3491 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3492 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3493 msgstr ""
 3494 
 3495 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3496 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2968
 3497 msgid ""
 3498 "<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default "
 3499 "settings."
 3500 msgstr ""
 3501 
 3502 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3503 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2972
 3504 msgid ""
 3505 "<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default "
 3506 "settings."
 3507 msgstr ""
 3508 
 3509 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3510 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2976
 3511 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly."
 3512 msgstr ""
 3513 
 3514 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3515 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2979 sssd.conf.5.xml:3065 sssd.conf.5.xml:3135
 3516 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3160 sssd.conf.5.xml:3196
 3517 msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set."
 3518 msgstr ""
 3519 
 3520 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3521 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2983
 3522 msgid ""
 3523 "The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
 3524 "manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
 3525 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  There are many configuration "
 3526 "options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to "
 3527 "\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3528 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3529 msgstr ""
 3530 
 3531 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3532 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2998
 3533 msgid ""
 3534 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> Sudo rules are periodically downloaded in the "
 3535 "background unless the sudo provider is explicitly disabled. Set "
 3536 "<emphasis>sudo_provider = None</emphasis> to disable all sudo-related "
 3537 "activity in SSSD if you do not want to use sudo with SSSD at all."
 3538 msgstr ""
 3539 
 3540 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3541 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3008
 3542 msgid "selinux_provider (string)"
 3543 msgstr ""
 3544 
 3545 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3546 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3011
 3547 msgid ""
 3548 "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this "
 3549 "provider will be called right after access provider ends.  Supported selinux "
 3550 "providers are:"
 3551 msgstr ""
 3552 
 3553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3554 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3017
 3555 msgid ""
 3556 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See "
 3557 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3558 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3559 msgstr ""
 3560 
 3561 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3562 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3025
 3563 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly."
 3564 msgstr ""
 3565 
 3566 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3567 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3028
 3568 msgid ""
 3569 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3570 "selinux loading requests."
 3571 msgstr ""
 3572 
 3573 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3574 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3034
 3575 msgid "subdomains_provider (string)"
 3576 msgstr ""
 3577 
 3578 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3579 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3037
 3580 msgid ""
 3581 "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should "
 3582 "be always the same as id_provider.  Supported subdomain providers are:"
 3583 msgstr ""
 3584 
 3585 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3586 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3043
 3587 msgid ""
 3588 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See "
 3589 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3590 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3591 msgstr ""
 3592 
 3593 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3594 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3052
 3595 msgid ""
 3596 "<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory "
 3597 "server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
 3598 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3599 "the AD provider."
 3600 msgstr ""
 3601 
 3602 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3603 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3061
 3604 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly."
 3605 msgstr ""
 3606 
 3607 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3608 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3071
 3609 msgid "session_provider (string)"
 3610 msgstr ""
 3611 
 3612 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3613 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3074
 3614 msgid ""
 3615 "The provider which configures and manages user session related tasks. The "
 3616 "only user session task currently provided is the integration with Fleet "
 3617 "Commander, which works only with IPA.  Supported session providers are:"
 3618 msgstr ""
 3619 
 3620 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3621 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3081
 3622 msgid "<quote>ipa</quote> to allow performing user session related tasks."
 3623 msgstr ""
 3624 
 3625 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3626 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3085
 3627 msgid ""
 3628 "<quote>none</quote> does not perform any kind of user session related tasks."
 3629 msgstr ""
 3630 
 3631 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3632 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3089
 3633 msgid ""
 3634 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can perform "
 3635 "session related tasks."
 3636 msgstr ""
 3637 
 3638 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3639 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3093
 3640 msgid ""
 3641 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> In order to have this feature working as expected "
 3642 "SSSD must be running as \"root\" and not as the unprivileged user."
 3643 msgstr ""
 3644 
 3645 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3646 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3101
 3647 msgid "autofs_provider (string)"
 3648 msgstr ""
 3649 
 3650 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3651 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3104
 3652 msgid ""
 3653 "The autofs provider used for the domain.  Supported autofs providers are:"
 3654 msgstr ""
 3655 
 3656 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3657 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3108
 3658 msgid ""
 3659 "<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3660 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3661 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3662 msgstr ""
 3663 
 3664 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3665 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3115
 3666 msgid ""
 3667 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> "
 3668 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3669 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3670 msgstr ""
 3671 
 3672 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3673 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3123
 3674 msgid ""
 3675 "<quote>ad</quote> to load maps stored in an AD server. See <citerefentry> "
 3676 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3677 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD provider."
 3678 msgstr ""
 3679 
 3680 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3681 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3132
 3682 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly."
 3683 msgstr ""
 3684 
 3685 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3686 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3142
 3687 msgid "hostid_provider (string)"
 3688 msgstr ""
 3689 
 3690 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3691 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3145
 3692 msgid ""
 3693 "The provider used for retrieving host identity information.  Supported "
 3694 "hostid providers are:"
 3695 msgstr ""
 3696 
 3697 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3698 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3149
 3699 msgid ""
 3700 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See "
 3701 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3702 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3703 msgstr ""
 3704 
 3705 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3706 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3157
 3707 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly."
 3708 msgstr ""
 3709 
 3710 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3711 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3167
 3712 msgid "resolver_provider (string)"
 3713 msgstr ""
 3714 
 3715 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3716 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3170
 3717 msgid ""
 3718 "The provider which should handle hosts and networks lookups. Supported "
 3719 "resolver providers are:"
 3720 msgstr ""
 3721 
 3722 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3723 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3174
 3724 msgid ""
 3725 "<quote>proxy</quote> to forward lookups to another NSS library. See "
 3726 "<quote>proxy_resolver_lib_name</quote>"
 3727 msgstr ""
 3728 
 3729 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3730 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3178
 3731 msgid ""
 3732 "<quote>ldap</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in LDAP. See "
 3733 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3734 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3735 msgstr ""
 3736 
 3737 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3738 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3185
 3739 msgid ""
 3740 "<quote>ad</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in AD. See "
 3741 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3742 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD "
 3743 "provider."
 3744 msgstr ""
 3745 
 3746 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3747 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3193
 3748 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching hosts and networks explicitly."
 3749 msgstr ""
 3750 
 3751 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3752 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3206
 3753 msgid ""
 3754 "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
 3755 "containing user name and domain into these components.  The \"domain\" can "
 3756 "match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA "
 3757 "trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of "
 3758 "the domain."
 3759 msgstr ""
 3760 
 3761 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3762 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3215
 3763 msgid ""
 3764 "Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
 3765 "\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?"
 3766 "P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles for "
 3767 "user names:"
 3768 msgstr ""
 3769 
 3770 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3771 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3220
 3772 msgid "username"
 3773 msgstr ""
 3774 
 3775 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3776 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3223
 3777 msgid "username@domain.name"
 3778 msgstr ""
 3779 
 3780 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3781 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3226
 3782 msgid "domain\\username"
 3783 msgstr ""
 3784 
 3785 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3786 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3229
 3787 msgid ""
 3788 "While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is "
 3789 "introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains."
 3790 msgstr ""
 3791 
 3792 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3793 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3234
 3794 msgid ""
 3795 "Default: <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</quote> "
 3796 "which translates to \"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> "
 3797 "sign, the domain everything after that\""
 3798 msgstr ""
 3799 
 3800 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3801 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3240
 3802 msgid ""
 3803 "NOTE: Some Active Directory groups, typically those used for MS Exchange "
 3804 "contain an <quote>@</quote> sign in the name, which clashes with the default "
 3805 "re_expression value for the AD and IPA providers. To support these groups, "
 3806 "consider changing the re_expression value to: <quote>((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?"
 3807 "P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]+$))</quote>."
 3808 msgstr ""
 3809 
 3810 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3811 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3291
 3812 msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 3813 msgstr ""
 3814 
 3815 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3816 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3297
 3817 msgid "lookup_family_order (string)"
 3818 msgstr ""
 3819 
 3820 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3821 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3300
 3822 msgid ""
 3823 "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
 3824 "performing DNS lookups."
 3825 msgstr ""
 3826 
 3827 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3828 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3304
 3829 msgid "Supported values:"
 3830 msgstr ""
 3831 
 3832 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3833 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3307
 3834 msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6"
 3835 msgstr ""
 3836 
 3837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3838 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3310
 3839 msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses."
 3840 msgstr ""
 3841 
 3842 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3843 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3313
 3844 msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4"
 3845 msgstr ""
 3846 
 3847 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3848 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3316
 3849 msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses."
 3850 msgstr ""
 3851 
 3852 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3853 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3319
 3854 msgid "Default: ipv4_first"
 3855 msgstr ""
 3856 
 3857 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3858 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3325
 3859 msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3860 msgstr ""
 3861 
 3862 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3863 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3328
 3864 msgid ""
 3865 "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the "
 3866 "internal fail over service before assuming that the service is unreachable. "
 3867 "If this timeout is reached, the domain will continue to operate in offline "
 3868 "mode."
 3869 msgstr ""
 3870 
 3871 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3872 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3335
 3873 msgid ""
 3874 "Please see the section <quote>FAILOVER</quote> for more information about "
 3875 "the service resolution."
 3876 msgstr ""
 3877 
 3878 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3879 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3346
 3880 msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)"
 3881 msgstr ""
 3882 
 3883 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3884 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3349
 3885 msgid ""
 3886 "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
 3887 "the service discovery DNS query."
 3888 msgstr ""
 3889 
 3890 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3891 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3353
 3892 msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname"
 3893 msgstr ""
 3894 
 3895 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3896 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3359
 3897 msgid "override_gid (integer)"
 3898 msgstr ""
 3899 
 3900 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3901 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3362
 3902 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
 3903 msgstr ""
 3904 
 3905 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3906 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3368
 3907 msgid "case_sensitive (string)"
 3908 msgstr ""
 3909 
 3910 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3911 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3379
 3912 msgid "True"
 3913 msgstr ""
 3914 
 3915 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3916 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3382
 3917 msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider."
 3918 msgstr ""
 3919 
 3920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3388
 3922 msgid "False"
 3923 msgstr ""
 3924 
 3925 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3926 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3390
 3927 msgid "Case insensitive."
 3928 msgstr ""
 3929 
 3930 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3931 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3394
 3932 msgid "Preserving"
 3933 msgstr ""
 3934 
 3935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3936 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3397
 3937 msgid ""
 3938 "Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result "
 3939 "of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also "
 3940 "protocol names) are still lowercased in the output."
 3941 msgstr ""
 3942 
 3943 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3944 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3405
 3945 msgid ""
 3946 "If you want to set this value for trusted domain with IPA provider, you need "
 3947 "to set it on both the client and SSSD on the server."
 3948 msgstr ""
 3949 
 3950 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3951 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3371
 3952 msgid ""
 3953 "Treat user and group names as case sensitive.  <phrase condition="
 3954 "\"enable_local_provider\"> At the moment, this option is not supported in "
 3955 "the local provider.  </phrase> Possible option values are: <placeholder type="
 3956 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 3957 msgstr ""
 3958 
 3959 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3960 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3415
 3961 msgid ""
 3962 "This option can be also set per subdomain or inherited via "
 3963 "<emphasis>subdomain_inherit</emphasis>."
 3964 msgstr ""
 3965 
 3966 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3967 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3420
 3968 msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)"
 3969 msgstr ""
 3970 
 3971 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3972 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3426
 3973 msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)"
 3974 msgstr ""
 3975 
 3976 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3977 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3429
 3978 msgid ""
 3979 "Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a "
 3980 "subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited.  "
 3981 "Currently the following options can be inherited:"
 3982 msgstr ""
 3983 
 3984 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3985 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3435
 3986 msgid "ignore_group_members"
 3987 msgstr ""
 3988 
 3989 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3990 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3438
 3991 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
 3992 msgstr ""
 3993 
 3994 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3995 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3441 sssd-ldap.5.xml:390
 3996 msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups"
 3997 msgstr ""
 3998 
 3999 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4000 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3444
 4001 msgid "ldap_user_principal"
 4002 msgstr ""
 4003 
 4004 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4005 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3447
 4006 msgid ""
 4007 "ldap_krb5_keytab (the value of krb5_keytab will be used if ldap_krb5_keytab "
 4008 "is not set explicitly)"
 4009 msgstr ""
 4010 
 4011 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4012 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3451
 4013 msgid "auto_private_groups"
 4014 msgstr ""
 4015 
 4016 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4017 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3454
 4018 msgid "case_sensitive"
 4019 msgstr ""
 4020 
 4021 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4022 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3459
 4023 #, no-wrap
 4024 msgid ""
 4025 "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 4026 "                            "
 4027 msgstr ""
 4028 
 4029 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4030 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3466
 4031 msgid "Note: This option only works with the IPA and AD provider."
 4032 msgstr ""
 4033 
 4034 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4035 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3473
 4036 msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)"
 4037 msgstr ""
 4038 
 4039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4040 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3484
 4041 msgid "%F"
 4042 msgstr ""
 4043 
 4044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4045 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3485
 4046 msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain."
 4047 msgstr ""
 4048 
 4049 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4050 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3476
 4051 msgid ""
 4052 "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in "
 4053 "IPA AD trust.  See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about "
 4054 "possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used "
 4055 "with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder type="
 4056 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4057 msgstr ""
 4058 
 4059 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4060 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3490
 4061 msgid ""
 4062 "The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option."
 4063 msgstr ""
 4064 
 4065 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4066 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3494
 4067 msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
 4068 msgstr ""
 4069 
 4070 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4071 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3499
 4072 msgid "realmd_tags (string)"
 4073 msgstr ""
 4074 
 4075 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4076 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3502
 4077 msgid ""
 4078 "Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain."
 4079 msgstr ""
 4080 
 4081 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4082 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3508
 4083 msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)"
 4084 msgstr ""
 4085 
 4086 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4087 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3511
 4088 msgid ""
 4089 "Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for "
 4090 "which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in "
 4091 "the online mode. If the credentials are incorrect, SSSD falls back to online "
 4092 "authentication."
 4093 msgstr ""
 4094 
 4095 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4096 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3519
 4097 msgid ""
 4098 "This option's value is inherited by all trusted domains. At the moment it is "
 4099 "not possible to set a different value per trusted domain."
 4100 msgstr ""
 4101 
 4102 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4103 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3524
 4104 msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled."
 4105 msgstr ""
 4106 
 4107 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4108 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3528
 4109 msgid ""
 4110 "Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than "
 4111 "<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle "
 4112 "<quote>initgroups.</quote>"
 4113 msgstr ""
 4114 
 4115 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4116 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3539
 4117 msgid "auto_private_groups (string)"
 4118 msgstr ""
 4119 
 4120 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4121 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3545
 4122 msgid "true"
 4123 msgstr ""
 4124 
 4125 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4126 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3548
 4127 msgid ""
 4128 "Create user's private group unconditionally from user's UID number.  The GID "
 4129 "number is ignored in this case."
 4130 msgstr ""
 4131 
 4132 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4133 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3552
 4134 msgid ""
 4135 "NOTE: Because the GID number and the user private group are inferred from "
 4136 "the UID number, it is not supported to have multiple entries with the same "
 4137 "UID or GID number with this option. In other words, enabling this option "
 4138 "enforces uniqueness across the ID space."
 4139 msgstr ""
 4140 
 4141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4142 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3561
 4143 msgid "false"
 4144 msgstr ""
 4145 
 4146 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4147 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3564
 4148 msgid ""
 4149 "Always use the user's primary GID number. The GID number must refer to a "
 4150 "group object in the LDAP database."
 4151 msgstr ""
 4152 
 4153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4154 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3570
 4155 msgid "hybrid"
 4156 msgstr ""
 4157 
 4158 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4159 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3573
 4160 msgid ""
 4161 "A primary group is autogenerated for user entries whose UID and GID numbers "
 4162 "have the same value and at the same time the GID number does not correspond "
 4163 "to a real group object in LDAP.  If the values are the same, but the primary "
 4164 "GID in the user entry is also used by a group object, the primary GID of the "
 4165 "user resolves to that group object."
 4166 msgstr ""
 4167 
 4168 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4169 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3586
 4170 msgid ""
 4171 "If the UID and GID of a user are different, then the GID must correspond to "
 4172 "a group entry, otherwise the GID is simply not resolvable."
 4173 msgstr ""
 4174 
 4175 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4176 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3593
 4177 msgid ""
 4178 "This feature is useful for environments that wish to stop maintaining a "
 4179 "separate group objects for the user private groups, but also wish to retain "
 4180 "the existing user private groups."
 4181 msgstr ""
 4182 
 4183 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4184 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3542
 4185 msgid ""
 4186 "This option takes any of three available values: <placeholder type="
 4187 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4188 msgstr ""
 4189 
 4190 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4191 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3605
 4192 msgid ""
 4193 "For subdomains, the default value is False for subdomains that use assigned "
 4194 "POSIX IDs and True for subdomains that use automatic ID-mapping."
 4195 msgstr ""
 4196 
 4197 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4198 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3613
 4199 #, no-wrap
 4200 msgid ""
 4201 "[domain/forest.domain/sub.domain]\n"
 4202 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4203 msgstr ""
 4204 
 4205 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4206 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3619
 4207 #, no-wrap
 4208 msgid ""
 4209 "[domain/forest.domain]\n"
 4210 "subdomain_inherit = auto_private_groups\n"
 4211 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4212 msgstr ""
 4213 
 4214 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4215 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3610
 4216 msgid ""
 4217 "The value of auto_private_groups can either be set per subdomains in a "
 4218 "subsection, for example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or "
 4219 "globally for all subdomains in the main domain section using the "
 4220 "subdomain_inherit option: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4221 msgstr ""
 4222 
 4223 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4224 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2233
 4225 msgid ""
 4226 "These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration "
 4227 "section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4228 "replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4229 msgstr ""
 4230 
 4231 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4232 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3634
 4233 msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)"
 4234 msgstr ""
 4235 
 4236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4237 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3637
 4238 msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to."
 4239 msgstr ""
 4240 
 4241 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4242 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3640
 4243 msgid ""
 4244 "Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration "
 4245 "or create a new one and add the service name here."
 4246 msgstr ""
 4247 
 4248 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4249 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3648
 4250 msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)"
 4251 msgstr ""
 4252 
 4253 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4254 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3651
 4255 msgid ""
 4256 "The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions "
 4257 "searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), "
 4258 "for example _nss_files_getpwent."
 4259 msgstr ""
 4260 
 4261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4262 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3661
 4263 msgid "proxy_resolver_lib_name (string)"
 4264 msgstr ""
 4265 
 4266 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4267 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3664
 4268 msgid ""
 4269 "The name of the NSS library to use for hosts and networks lookups in proxy "
 4270 "domains. The NSS functions searched for in the library are in the form of "
 4271 "_nss_$(libName)_$(function), for example _nss_dns_gethostbyname2_r."
 4272 msgstr ""
 4273 
 4274 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4275 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3675
 4276 msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
 4277 msgstr ""
 4278 
 4279 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4280 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3678
 4281 msgid ""
 4282 "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
 4283 "lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested "
 4284 "name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to "
 4285 "perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons."
 4286 msgstr ""
 4287 
 4288 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4289 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3692
 4290 msgid "proxy_max_children (integer)"
 4291 msgstr ""
 4292 
 4293 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4294 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3695
 4295 msgid ""
 4296 "This option specifies the number of pre-forked proxy children. It is useful "
 4297 "for high-load SSSD environments where sssd may run out of available child "
 4298 "slots, which would cause some issues due to the requests being queued."
 4299 msgstr ""
 4300 
 4301 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4302 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3630
 4303 msgid ""
 4304 "Options valid for proxy domains.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id="
 4305 "\"0\"/>"
 4306 msgstr ""
 4307 
 4308 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4309 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3711
 4310 msgid "Application domains"
 4311 msgstr ""
 4312 
 4313 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4314 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3713
 4315 msgid ""
 4316 "SSSD, with its D-Bus interface (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</"
 4317 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>) is appealing to "
 4318 "applications as a gateway to an LDAP directory where users and groups are "
 4319 "stored. However, contrary to the traditional SSSD deployment where all users "
 4320 "and groups either have POSIX attributes or those attributes can be inferred "
 4321 "from the Windows SIDs, in many cases the users and groups in the application "
 4322 "support scenario have no POSIX attributes.  Instead of setting a "
 4323 "<quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> section, the "
 4324 "administrator can set up an <quote>[application/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4325 "replaceable>]</quote> section that internally represents a domain with type "
 4326 "<quote>application</quote> optionally inherits settings from a tradition "
 4327 "SSSD domain."
 4328 msgstr ""
 4329 
 4330 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4331 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3733
 4332 msgid ""
 4333 "Please note that the application domain must still be explicitly enabled in "
 4334 "the <quote>domains</quote> parameter so that the lookup order between the "
 4335 "application domain and its POSIX sibling domain is set correctly."
 4336 msgstr ""
 4337 
 4338 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
 4339 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3739
 4340 msgid "Application domain parameters"
 4341 msgstr ""
 4342 
 4343 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4344 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3741
 4345 msgid "inherit_from (string)"
 4346 msgstr ""
 4347 
 4348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4349 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3744
 4350 msgid ""
 4351 "The SSSD POSIX-type domain the application domain inherits all settings "
 4352 "from. The application domain can moreover add its own settings to the "
 4353 "application settings that augment or override the <quote>sibling</quote> "
 4354 "domain settings."
 4355 msgstr ""
 4356 
 4357 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4358 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3758
 4359 msgid ""
 4360 "The following example illustrates the use of an application domain. In this "
 4361 "setup, the POSIX domain is connected to an LDAP server and is used by the OS "
 4362 "through the NSS responder. In addition, the application domain also requests "
 4363 "the telephoneNumber attribute, stores it as the phone attribute in the cache "
 4364 "and makes the phone attribute reachable through the D-Bus interface."
 4365 msgstr ""
 4366 
 4367 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
 4368 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3766
 4369 #, no-wrap
 4370 msgid ""
 4371 "[sssd]\n"
 4372 "domains = appdom, posixdom\n"
 4373 "\n"
 4374 "[ifp]\n"
 4375 "user_attributes = +phone\n"
 4376 "\n"
 4377 "[domain/posixdom]\n"
 4378 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4379 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4380 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4381 "\n"
 4382 "[application/appdom]\n"
 4383 "inherit_from = posixdom\n"
 4384 "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber\n"
 4385 msgstr ""
 4386 
 4387 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4388 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3784
 4389 msgid "The local domain section"
 4390 msgstr ""
 4391 
 4392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4393 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3786
 4394 msgid ""
 4395 "This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in "
 4396 "SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses "
 4397 "<replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."
 4398 msgstr ""
 4399 
 4400 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4401 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3793
 4402 msgid "default_shell (string)"
 4403 msgstr ""
 4404 
 4405 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4406 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3796
 4407 msgid "The default shell for users created with SSSD userspace tools."
 4408 msgstr ""
 4409 
 4410 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4411 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3800
 4412 msgid "Default: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4413 msgstr ""
 4414 
 4415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4416 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3805
 4417 msgid "base_directory (string)"
 4418 msgstr ""
 4419 
 4420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4421 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3808
 4422 msgid ""
 4423 "The tools append the login name to <replaceable>base_directory</replaceable> "
 4424 "and use that as the home directory."
 4425 msgstr ""
 4426 
 4427 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4428 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3813
 4429 msgid "Default: <filename>/home</filename>"
 4430 msgstr ""
 4431 
 4432 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4433 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3818
 4434 msgid "create_homedir (bool)"
 4435 msgstr ""
 4436 
 4437 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4438 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3821
 4439 msgid ""
 4440 "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users.  "
 4441 "Can be overridden on command line."
 4442 msgstr ""
 4443 
 4444 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4445 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3825 sssd.conf.5.xml:3837
 4446 msgid "Default: TRUE"
 4447 msgstr ""
 4448 
 4449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4450 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3830
 4451 msgid "remove_homedir (bool)"
 4452 msgstr ""
 4453 
 4454 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4455 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3833
 4456 msgid ""
 4457 "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted "
 4458 "users.  Can be overridden on command line."
 4459 msgstr ""
 4460 
 4461 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4462 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3842
 4463 msgid "homedir_umask (integer)"
 4464 msgstr ""
 4465 
 4466 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4467 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3845
 4468 msgid ""
 4469 "Used by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
 4470 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to specify the default permissions "
 4471 "on a newly created home directory."
 4472 msgstr ""
 4473 
 4474 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4475 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3853
 4476 msgid "Default: 077"
 4477 msgstr ""
 4478 
 4479 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4480 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3858
 4481 msgid "skel_dir (string)"
 4482 msgstr ""
 4483 
 4484 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4485 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3861
 4486 msgid ""
 4487 "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
 4488 "the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
 4489 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
 4490 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
 4491 msgstr ""
 4492 
 4493 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4494 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3871
 4495 msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 4496 msgstr ""
 4497 
 4498 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4499 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3876
 4500 msgid "mail_dir (string)"
 4501 msgstr ""
 4502 
 4503 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4504 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3879
 4505 msgid ""
 4506 "The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its "
 4507 "corresponding user account is modified or deleted.  If not specified, a "
 4508 "default value is used."
 4509 msgstr ""
 4510 
 4511 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4512 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3886
 4513 msgid "Default: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 4514 msgstr ""
 4515 
 4516 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4517 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3891
 4518 msgid "userdel_cmd (string)"
 4519 msgstr ""
 4520 
 4521 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4522 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3894
 4523 msgid ""
 4524 "The command that is run after a user is removed.  The command us passed the "
 4525 "username of the user being removed as the first and only parameter. The "
 4526 "return code of the command is not taken into account."
 4527 msgstr ""
 4528 
 4529 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4530 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3900
 4531 msgid "Default: None, no command is run"
 4532 msgstr ""
 4533 
 4534 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4535 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3910
 4536 msgid "TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION"
 4537 msgstr ""
 4538 
 4539 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4540 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3912
 4541 msgid ""
 4542 "Some options used in the domain section can also be used in the trusted "
 4543 "domain section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/"
 4544 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>TRUSTED_DOMAIN_NAME</"
 4545 "replaceable>]</quote>.  Where DOMAIN_NAME is the actual joined-to base "
 4546 "domain. Please refer to examples below for explanation.  Currently supported "
 4547 "options in the trusted domain section are:"
 4548 msgstr ""
 4549 
 4550 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4551 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3919
 4552 msgid "ldap_search_base,"
 4553 msgstr ""
 4554 
 4555 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4556 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3920
 4557 msgid "ldap_user_search_base,"
 4558 msgstr ""
 4559 
 4560 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4561 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3921
 4562 msgid "ldap_group_search_base,"
 4563 msgstr ""
 4564 
 4565 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4566 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3922
 4567 msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base,"
 4568 msgstr ""
 4569 
 4570 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4571 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3923
 4572 msgid "ldap_service_search_base,"
 4573 msgstr ""
 4574 
 4575 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4576 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3924
 4577 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech,"
 4578 msgstr ""
 4579 
 4580 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4581 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3925
 4582 msgid "ad_server,"
 4583 msgstr ""
 4584 
 4585 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4586 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3926
 4587 msgid "ad_backup_server,"
 4588 msgstr ""
 4589 
 4590 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4591 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3927
 4592 msgid "ad_site,"
 4593 msgstr ""
 4594 
 4595 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4596 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3928 sssd-ipa.5.xml:811
 4597 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names"
 4598 msgstr ""
 4599 
 4600 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4601 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3932
 4602 msgid ""
 4603 "For more details about these options see their individual description in the "
 4604 "manual page."
 4605 msgstr ""
 4606 
 4607 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4608 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3938
 4609 msgid "CERTIFICATE MAPPING SECTION"
 4610 msgstr ""
 4611 
 4612 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4613 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3940
 4614 msgid ""
 4615 "To allow authentication with Smartcards and certificates SSSD must be able "
 4616 "to map certificates to users. This can be done by adding the full "
 4617 "certificate to the LDAP object of the user or to a local override. While "
 4618 "using the full certificate is required to use the Smartcard authentication "
 4619 "feature of SSH (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 4620 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) it "
 4621 "might be cumbersome or not even possible to do this for the general case "
 4622 "where local services use PAM for authentication."
 4623 msgstr ""
 4624 
 4625 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4626 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3954
 4627 msgid ""
 4628 "To make the mapping more flexible mapping and matching rules were added to "
 4629 "SSSD (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss-certmap</refentrytitle> "
 4630 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details)."
 4631 msgstr ""
 4632 
 4633 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4634 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3963
 4635 msgid ""
 4636 "A mapping and matching rule can be added to the SSSD configuration in a "
 4637 "section on its own with a name like <quote>[certmap/"
 4638 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>RULE_NAME</"
 4639 "replaceable>]</quote>.  In this section the following options are allowed:"
 4640 msgstr ""
 4641 
 4642 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4643 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3970
 4644 msgid "matchrule (string)"
 4645 msgstr ""
 4646 
 4647 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4648 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3973
 4649 msgid ""
 4650 "Only certificates from the Smartcard which matches this rule will be "
 4651 "processed, all others are ignored."
 4652 msgstr ""
 4653 
 4654 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4655 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3977
 4656 msgid ""
 4657 "Default: KRB5:&lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth, i.e. only certificates which have the "
 4658 "Extended Key Usage <quote>clientAuth</quote>"
 4659 msgstr ""
 4660 
 4661 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4662 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3984
 4663 msgid "maprule (string)"
 4664 msgstr ""
 4665 
 4666 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4667 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3987
 4668 msgid "Defines how the user is found for a given certificate."
 4669 msgstr ""
 4670 
 4671 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4672 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3993
 4673 msgid ""
 4674 "LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})  for LDAP based providers like "
 4675 "<quote>ldap</quote>, <quote>AD</quote> or <quote>ipa</quote>."
 4676 msgstr ""
 4677 
 4678 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4679 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3999
 4680 msgid ""
 4681 "The RULE_NAME for the <quote>files</quote> provider which tries to find a "
 4682 "user with the same name."
 4683 msgstr ""
 4684 
 4685 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4686 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4008
 4687 msgid "domains (string)"
 4688 msgstr ""
 4689 
 4690 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4691 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4011
 4692 msgid ""
 4693 "Comma separated list of domain names the rule should be applied. By default "
 4694 "a rule is only valid in the domain configured in sssd.conf. If the provider "
 4695 "supports subdomains this option can be used to add the rule to subdomains as "
 4696 "well."
 4697 msgstr ""
 4698 
 4699 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4700 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4018
 4701 msgid "Default: the configured domain in sssd.conf"
 4702 msgstr ""
 4703 
 4704 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4705 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4023
 4706 msgid "priority (integer)"
 4707 msgstr ""
 4708 
 4709 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4710 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4026
 4711 msgid ""
 4712 "Unsigned integer value defining the priority of the rule. The higher the "
 4713 "number the lower the priority.  <quote>0</quote> stands for the highest "
 4714 "priority while <quote>4294967295</quote> is the lowest."
 4715 msgstr ""
 4716 
 4717 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4718 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4032
 4719 msgid "Default: the lowest priority"
 4720 msgstr ""
 4721 
 4722 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4723 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4038
 4724 msgid ""
 4725 "To make the configuration simple and reduce the amount of configuration "
 4726 "options the <quote>files</quote> provider has some special properties:"
 4727 msgstr ""
 4728 
 4729 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4730 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4044
 4731 msgid ""
 4732 "if maprule is not set the RULE_NAME name is assumed to be the name of the "
 4733 "matching user"
 4734 msgstr ""
 4735 
 4736 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4737 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4050
 4738 msgid ""
 4739 "if a maprule is used both a single user name or a template like "
 4740 "<quote>{subject_rfc822_name.short_name}</quote> must be in braces like e.g. "
 4741 "<quote>(username)</quote> or <quote>({subject_rfc822_name.short_name})</"
 4742 "quote>"
 4743 msgstr ""
 4744 
 4745 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4746 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4059
 4747 msgid "the <quote>domains</quote> option is ignored"
 4748 msgstr ""
 4749 
 4750 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4751 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4067
 4752 msgid "PROMPTING CONFIGURATION SECTION"
 4753 msgstr ""
 4754 
 4755 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4756 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4069
 4757 msgid ""
 4758 "If a special file (<filename>/var/lib/sss/pubconf/pam_preauth_available</"
 4759 "filename>)  exists SSSD's PAM module pam_sss will ask SSSD to figure out "
 4760 "which authentication methods are available for the user trying to log in.  "
 4761 "Based on the results pam_sss will prompt the user for appropriate "
 4762 "credentials."
 4763 msgstr ""
 4764 
 4765 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4766 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4077
 4767 msgid ""
 4768 "With the growing number of authentication methods and the possibility that "
 4769 "there are multiple ones for a single user the heuristic used by pam_sss to "
 4770 "select the prompting might not be suitable for all use cases. The following "
 4771 "options should provide a better flexibility here."
 4772 msgstr ""
 4773 
 4774 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4775 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4089
 4776 msgid "[prompting/password]"
 4777 msgstr ""
 4778 
 4779 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4780 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4092
 4781 msgid "password_prompt"
 4782 msgstr ""
 4783 
 4784 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4785 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4093
 4786 msgid "to change the string of the password prompt"
 4787 msgstr ""
 4788 
 4789 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4790 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4091
 4791 msgid ""
 4792 "to configure password prompting, allowed options are: <placeholder type="
 4793 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4794 msgstr ""
 4795 
 4796 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4797 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4101
 4798 msgid "[prompting/2fa]"
 4799 msgstr ""
 4800 
 4801 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4802 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4105
 4803 msgid "first_prompt"
 4804 msgstr ""
 4805 
 4806 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4807 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4106
 4808 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the first factor"
 4809 msgstr ""
 4810 
 4811 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4812 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4109
 4813 msgid "second_prompt"
 4814 msgstr ""
 4815 
 4816 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4817 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4110
 4818 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the second factor"
 4819 msgstr ""
 4820 
 4821 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4822 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4113
 4823 msgid "single_prompt"
 4824 msgstr ""
 4825 
 4826 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4827 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4114
 4828 msgid ""
 4829 "boolean value, if True there will be only a single prompt using the value of "
 4830 "first_prompt where it is expected that both factors are entered as a single "
 4831 "string"
 4832 msgstr ""
 4833 
 4834 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4835 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4103
 4836 msgid ""
 4837 "to configure two-factor authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
 4838 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4839 msgstr ""
 4840 
 4841 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4842 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4084
 4843 msgid ""
 4844 "Each supported authentication method has its own configuration subsection "
 4845 "under <quote>[prompting/...]</quote>. Currently there are: <placeholder type="
 4846 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4847 msgstr ""
 4848 
 4849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4850 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4126
 4851 msgid ""
 4852 "It is possible to add a subsection for specific PAM services, e.g. "
 4853 "<quote>[prompting/password/sshd]</quote> to individual change the prompting "
 4854 "for this service."
 4855 msgstr ""
 4856 
 4857 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4858 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4133 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:157 idmap_sss.8.xml:43
 4859 msgid "EXAMPLES"
 4860 msgstr ""
 4861 
 4862 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4863 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4139
 4864 #, no-wrap
 4865 msgid ""
 4866 "[sssd]\n"
 4867 "domains = LDAP\n"
 4868 "services = nss, pam\n"
 4869 "config_file_version = 2\n"
 4870 "\n"
 4871 "[nss]\n"
 4872 "filter_groups = root\n"
 4873 "filter_users = root\n"
 4874 "\n"
 4875 "[pam]\n"
 4876 "\n"
 4877 "[domain/LDAP]\n"
 4878 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4879 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4880 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4881 "\n"
 4882 "auth_provider = krb5\n"
 4883 "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
 4884 "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
 4885 "cache_credentials = true\n"
 4886 "\n"
 4887 "min_id = 10000\n"
 4888 "max_id = 20000\n"
 4889 "enumerate = False\n"
 4890 msgstr ""
 4891 
 4892 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4893 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4135
 4894 msgid ""
 4895 "1. The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe "
 4896 "configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on "
 4897 "configuring domains for more details.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
 4898 "id=\"0\"/>"
 4899 msgstr ""
 4900 
 4901 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4902 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4172
 4903 #, no-wrap
 4904 msgid ""
 4905 "[domain/ipa.com/child.ad.com]\n"
 4906 "use_fully_qualified_names = false\n"
 4907 msgstr ""
 4908 
 4909 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4910 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4166
 4911 msgid ""
 4912 "2. The following example shows configuration of IPA AD trust where the AD "
 4913 "forest consists of two domains in a parent-child structure.  Suppose IPA "
 4914 "domain (ipa.com) has trust with AD domain(ad.com).  ad.com has child domain "
 4915 "(child.ad.com). To enable shortnames in the child domain the following "
 4916 "configuration should be used.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/"
 4917 ">"
 4918 msgstr ""
 4919 
 4920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4186
 4922 #, no-wrap
 4923 msgid ""
 4924 "[certmap/my.domain/rule_name]\n"
 4925 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4926 "maprule = (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})\n"
 4927 "domains = my.domain, your.domain\n"
 4928 "priority = 10\n"
 4929 "\n"
 4930 "[certmap/files/myname]\n"
 4931 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$&lt;SUBJECT&gt;^CN=User.Name,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4932 msgstr ""
 4933 
 4934 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4935 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4177
 4936 msgid ""
 4937 "3. The following example shows the configuration for two certificate mapping "
 4938 "rules. The first is valid for the configured domain <quote>my.domain</quote> "
 4939 "and additionally for the subdomains <quote>your.domain</quote> and uses the "
 4940 "full certificate in the search filter. The second example is valid for the "
 4941 "domain <quote>files</quote> where it is assumed the files provider is used "
 4942 "for this domain and contains a matching rule for the local user "
 4943 "<quote>myname</quote>.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4944 msgstr ""
 4945 
 4946 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
 4947 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16
 4948 msgid "sssd-ldap"
 4949 msgstr ""
 4950 
 4951 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 4952 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17
 4953 msgid "SSSD LDAP provider"
 4954 msgstr ""
 4955 
 4956 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4957 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23
 4958 msgid ""
 4959 "This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for "
 4960 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 4961 "</citerefentry>.  Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
 4962 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4963 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information."
 4964 msgstr ""
 4965 
 4966 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4967 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35
 4968 msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain."
 4969 msgstr ""
 4970 
 4971 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4972 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38
 4973 msgid ""
 4974 "LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to "
 4975 "authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. "
 4976 "<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication "
 4977 "over an unencrypted channel.  If the LDAP server is used only as an identity "
 4978 "provider, an encrypted channel is not needed. Please refer to "
 4979 "<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more information about "
 4980 "using LDAP as an access provider."
 4981 msgstr ""
 4982 
 4983 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4984 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:49 sssd-simple.5.xml:69 sssd-ipa.5.xml:81 sssd-ad.5.xml:115
 4985 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:44 sssd-files.5.xml:78
 4986 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:58 sssd-kcm.8.xml:166
 4987 msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
 4988 msgstr ""
 4989 
 4990 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4991 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:66
 4992 msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
 4993 msgstr ""
 4994 
 4995 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4996 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:69
 4997 msgid ""
 4998 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 4999 "should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</"
 5000 "quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy.  If "
 5001 "neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more "
 5002 "information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5003 msgstr ""
 5004 
 5005 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5006 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:76 sssd-secrets.5.xml:264
 5007 msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:"
 5008 msgstr ""
 5009 
 5010 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5011 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:79
 5012 msgid "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
 5013 msgstr ""
 5014 
 5015 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5016 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:82
 5017 msgid ""
 5018 "For explicit IPv6 addresses, &lt;host&gt; must be enclosed in brackets []"
 5019 msgstr ""
 5020 
 5021 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5022 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:85
 5023 msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
 5024 msgstr ""
 5025 
 5026 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5027 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:91
 5028 msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
 5029 msgstr ""
 5030 
 5031 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5032 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:94
 5033 msgid ""
 5034 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5035 "should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. "
 5036 "Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on "
 5037 "failover and server redundancy."
 5038 msgstr ""
 5039 
 5040 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5041 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:101
 5042 msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set."
 5043 msgstr ""
 5044 
 5045 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5046 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:105
 5047 msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 5048 msgstr ""
 5049 
 5050 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5051 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:111
 5052 msgid "ldap_search_base (string)"
 5053 msgstr ""
 5054 
 5055 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5056 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:114
 5057 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
 5058 msgstr ""
 5059 
 5060 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5061 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:118
 5062 msgid ""
 5063 "Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the "
 5064 "syntax:"
 5065 msgstr ""
 5066 
 5067 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5068 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:122
 5069 msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
 5070 msgstr ""
 5071 
 5072 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5073 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:125
 5074 msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"."
 5075 msgstr ""
 5076 
 5077 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5078 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:128 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18
 5079 msgid ""
 5080 "The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www."
 5081 "ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"
 5082 msgstr ""
 5083 
 5084 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5085 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:132 sssd-ad.5.xml:288 sss_override.8.xml:143
 5086 #: sss_override.8.xml:240 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:453
 5087 msgid "Examples:"
 5088 msgstr ""
 5089 
 5090 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5091 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:135
 5092 msgid ""
 5093 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to)  "
 5094 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5095 msgstr ""
 5096 
 5097 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5098 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:140
 5099 msgid ""
 5100 "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5101 "(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
 5102 msgstr ""
 5103 
 5104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5105 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:143
 5106 msgid ""
 5107 "Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference "
 5108 "identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two "
 5109 "different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client "
 5110 "machines."
 5111 msgstr ""
 5112 
 5113 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5114 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:150
 5115 msgid ""
 5116 "Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts "
 5117 "attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If "
 5118 "defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is "
 5119 "used.  The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of "
 5120 "the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are "
 5121 "are not supported."
 5122 msgstr ""
 5123 
 5124 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5125 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:164
 5126 msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
 5127 msgstr ""
 5128 
 5129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5130 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:167
 5131 msgid ""
 5132 "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server.  Depending on "
 5133 "the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers "
 5134 "may vary.  The way that some attributes are handled may also differ."
 5135 msgstr ""
 5136 
 5137 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5138 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:174
 5139 msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:"
 5140 msgstr ""
 5141 
 5142 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5143 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:178
 5144 msgid "rfc2307"
 5145 msgstr ""
 5146 
 5147 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5148 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:183
 5149 msgid "rfc2307bis"
 5150 msgstr ""
 5151 
 5152 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5153 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:188
 5154 msgid "IPA"
 5155 msgstr ""
 5156 
 5157 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5158 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:193
 5159 msgid "AD"
 5160 msgstr ""
 5161 
 5162 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5163 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:199
 5164 msgid ""
 5165 "The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are "
 5166 "recorded in the server.  With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in "
 5167 "the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute.  With rfc2307bis and IPA, "
 5168 "group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> "
 5169 "attribute.  The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active "
 5170 "Directory 2008r2 values."
 5171 msgstr ""
 5172 
 5173 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5174 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:209
 5175 msgid "Default: rfc2307"
 5176 msgstr ""
 5177 
 5178 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5179 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:215
 5180 msgid "ldap_pwmodify_mode (string)"
 5181 msgstr ""
 5182 
 5183 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5184 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:218
 5185 msgid "Specify the operation that is used to modify user password."
 5186 msgstr ""
 5187 
 5188 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5189 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:222
 5190 msgid "Two modes are currently supported:"
 5191 msgstr ""
 5192 
 5193 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5194 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:226
 5195 msgid "exop - Password Modify Extended Operation (RFC 3062)"
 5196 msgstr ""
 5197 
 5198 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5199 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:232
 5200 msgid "ldap_modify - Direct modification of userPassword (not recommended)."
 5201 msgstr ""
 5202 
 5203 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5204 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:239
 5205 msgid ""
 5206 "Note: First, a new connection is established to verify current password by "
 5207 "binding as the user that requested password change. If successful, this "
 5208 "connection is used to change the password therefore the user must have write "
 5209 "access to userPassword attribute."
 5210 msgstr ""
 5211 
 5212 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5213 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:247
 5214 msgid "Default: exop"
 5215 msgstr ""
 5216 
 5217 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5218 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:253
 5219 msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)"
 5220 msgstr ""
 5221 
 5222 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5223 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:256
 5224 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
 5225 msgstr ""
 5226 
 5227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5228 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:263
 5229 msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)"
 5230 msgstr ""
 5231 
 5232 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5233 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:266
 5234 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5235 msgstr ""
 5236 
 5237 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5238 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:270
 5239 msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:"
 5240 msgstr ""
 5241 
 5242 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5243 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:273
 5244 msgid "password"
 5245 msgstr ""
 5246 
 5247 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5248 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:276
 5249 msgid "obfuscated_password"
 5250 msgstr ""
 5251 
 5252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5253 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:279
 5254 msgid "Default: password"
 5255 msgstr ""
 5256 
 5257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5258 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:282
 5259 msgid ""
 5260 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle> "
 5261 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information."
 5262 msgstr ""
 5263 
 5264 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5265 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:293
 5266 msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)"
 5267 msgstr ""
 5268 
 5269 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5270 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:296
 5271 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5272 msgstr ""
 5273 
 5274 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5275 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:302
 5276 msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)"
 5277 msgstr ""
 5278 
 5279 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5280 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:305
 5281 msgid ""
 5282 "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
 5283 "realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
 5284 "fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case "
 5285 "realm."
 5286 msgstr ""
 5287 
 5288 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5289 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:318
 5290 msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
 5291 msgstr ""
 5292 
 5293 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5294 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:321
 5295 msgid ""
 5296 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
 5297 "enumerated records."
 5298 msgstr ""
 5299 
 5300 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5301 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:332
 5302 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)"
 5303 msgstr ""
 5304 
 5305 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5306 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:335
 5307 msgid ""
 5308 "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
 5309 "with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
 5310 "space."
 5311 msgstr ""
 5312 
 5313 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5314 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341
 5315 msgid ""
 5316 "Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please "
 5317 "note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order "
 5318 "to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, "
 5319 "the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled."
 5320 msgstr ""
 5321 
 5322 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5323 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:356
 5324 msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)"
 5325 msgstr ""
 5326 
 5327 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5328 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:359
 5329 msgid ""
 5330 "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
 5331 "RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
 5332 "follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema."
 5333 msgstr ""
 5334 
 5335 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5336 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:366
 5337 msgid ""
 5338 "Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be "
 5339 "processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit "
 5340 "<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved "
 5341 "the deeper nesting levels.  Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may "
 5342 "enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried."
 5343 msgstr ""
 5344 
 5345 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5346 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:375
 5347 msgid ""
 5348 "If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed "
 5349 "at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later "
 5350 "using <quote>id_provider=ad</quote> it is furthermore required to disable "
 5351 "usage of Token-Groups by setting ldap_use_tokengroups to false in order to "
 5352 "restrict group nesting."
 5353 msgstr ""
 5354 
 5355 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5356 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:384
 5357 msgid "Default: 2"
 5358 msgstr ""
 5359 
 5360 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5361 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:393
 5362 msgid ""
 5363 "This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when "
 5364 "performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later."
 5365 msgstr ""
 5366 
 5367 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5368 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:398
 5369 msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False."
 5370 msgstr ""
 5371 
 5372 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5373 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:404
 5374 msgid "ldap_host_search_base (string)"
 5375 msgstr ""
 5376 
 5377 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5378 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:407
 5379 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects."
 5380 msgstr ""
 5381 
 5382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5383 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:411 sssd-ipa.5.xml:389 sssd-ipa.5.xml:408 sssd-ipa.5.xml:427
 5384 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:446
 5385 msgid ""
 5386 "See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring "
 5387 "multiple search bases."
 5388 msgstr ""
 5389 
 5390 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5391 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:416 sssd-ipa.5.xml:394 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:27
 5392 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
 5393 msgstr ""
 5394 
 5395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5396 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423
 5397 msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
 5398 msgstr ""
 5399 
 5400 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5401 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:428
 5402 msgid "ldap_iphost_search_base (string)"
 5403 msgstr ""
 5404 
 5405 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5406 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:433
 5407 msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_search_base (string)"
 5408 msgstr ""
 5409 
 5410 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5411 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:438
 5412 msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
 5413 msgstr ""
 5414 
 5415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5416 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:441
 5417 msgid ""
 5418 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
 5419 "before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
 5420 "is entered)"
 5421 msgstr ""
 5422 
 5423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5424 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:447
 5425 msgid ""
 5426 "Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It "
 5427 "will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific "
 5428 "lookup types."
 5429 msgstr ""
 5430 
 5431 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5432 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:459
 5433 msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
 5434 msgstr ""
 5435 
 5436 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5437 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:462
 5438 msgid ""
 5439 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
 5440 "enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
 5441 "are returned (and offline mode is entered)"
 5442 msgstr ""
 5443 
 5444 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5445 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:475
 5446 msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
 5447 msgstr ""
 5448 
 5449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5450 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:478
 5451 msgid ""
 5452 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> "
 5453 "<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/"
 5454 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
 5455 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> "
 5456 "<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
 5457 "citerefentry> returns in case of no activity."
 5458 msgstr ""
 5459 
 5460 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5461 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:501
 5462 msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
 5463 msgstr ""
 5464 
 5465 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5466 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504
 5467 msgid ""
 5468 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
 5469 "will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when "
 5470 "communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind "
 5471 "operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation."
 5472 msgstr ""
 5473 
 5474 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5475 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:519
 5476 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
 5477 msgstr ""
 5478 
 5479 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5480 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:522
 5481 msgid ""
 5482 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
 5483 "maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used "
 5484 "in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. "
 5485 "the TGT lifetime)  will be used."
 5486 msgstr ""
 5487 
 5488 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5489 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:530
 5490 msgid ""
 5491 "This timeout can be extended of a random value specified by "
 5492 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_offset</emphasis>"
 5493 msgstr ""
 5494 
 5495 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5496 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:535 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1565
 5497 msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)"
 5498 msgstr ""
 5499 
 5500 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5501 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:541
 5502 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset (integer)"
 5503 msgstr ""
 5504 
 5505 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5506 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:544
 5507 msgid ""
 5508 "Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to "
 5509 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>."
 5510 msgstr ""
 5511 
 5512 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5513 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:555
 5514 msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)"
 5515 msgstr ""
 5516 
 5517 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5518 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:558
 5519 msgid ""
 5520 "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
 5521 "Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
 5522 msgstr ""
 5523 
 5524 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5525 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:563 include/failover.xml:84
 5526 msgid "Default: 1000"
 5527 msgstr ""
 5528 
 5529 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5530 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:569
 5531 msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
 5532 msgstr ""
 5533 
 5534 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5535 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:572
 5536 msgid ""
 5537 "Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP "
 5538 "server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but "
 5539 "it is not enabled or does not behave properly."
 5540 msgstr ""
 5541 
 5542 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5543 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:578
 5544 msgid ""
 5545 "Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the "
 5546 "server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it."
 5547 msgstr ""
 5548 
 5549 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5550 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:584
 5551 msgid ""
 5552 "Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at "
 5553 "a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some "
 5554 "requests being denied."
 5555 msgstr ""
 5556 
 5557 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5558 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:596
 5559 msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)"
 5560 msgstr ""
 5561 
 5562 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5563 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:599
 5564 msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval."
 5565 msgstr ""
 5566 
 5567 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5568 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:602
 5569 msgid ""
 5570 "Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single "
 5571 "lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a "
 5572 "group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range "
 5573 "extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore "
 5574 "large groups will appear as having no members."
 5575 msgstr ""
 5576 
 5577 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5578 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:617
 5579 msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
 5580 msgstr ""
 5581 
 5582 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5583 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:620
 5584 msgid ""
 5585 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
 5586 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5587 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5588 msgstr ""
 5589 
 5590 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5591 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:626 sssd-ldap.5.xml:642
 5592 msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)"
 5593 msgstr ""
 5594 
 5595 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5596 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:633
 5597 msgid "ldap_sasl_maxssf (integer)"
 5598 msgstr ""
 5599 
 5600 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5601 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:636
 5602 msgid ""
 5603 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the maximal "
 5604 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5605 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5606 msgstr ""
 5607 
 5608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5609 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:649
 5610 msgid "ldap_deref_threshold (integer)"
 5611 msgstr ""
 5612 
 5613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5614 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:652
 5615 msgid ""
 5616 "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
 5617 "cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup. If less members are missing, "
 5618 "they are looked up individually."
 5619 msgstr ""
 5620 
 5621 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5622 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:658
 5623 msgid ""
 5624 "You can turn off dereference lookups completely by setting the value to 0. "
 5625 "Please note that there are some codepaths in SSSD, like the IPA HBAC "
 5626 "provider, that are only implemented using the dereference call, so even with "
 5627 "dereference explicitly disabled, those parts will still use dereference if "
 5628 "the server supports it and advertises the dereference control in the rootDSE "
 5629 "object."
 5630 msgstr ""
 5631 
 5632 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5633 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:669
 5634 msgid ""
 5635 "A dereference lookup is a means of fetching all group members in a single "
 5636 "LDAP call.  Different LDAP servers may implement different dereference "
 5637 "methods. The currently supported servers are 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP and Active "
 5638 "Directory."
 5639 msgstr ""
 5640 
 5641 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5642 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:677
 5643 msgid ""
 5644 "<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> If any of the search bases specifies a search "
 5645 "filter, then the dereference lookup performance enhancement will be disabled "
 5646 "regardless of this setting."
 5647 msgstr ""
 5648 
 5649 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5650 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:690
 5651 msgid "ldap_tls_reqcert (string)"
 5652 msgstr ""
 5653 
 5654 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5655 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:693
 5656 msgid ""
 5657 "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
 5658 "any. It can be specified as one of the following values:"
 5659 msgstr ""
 5660 
 5661 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5662 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:699
 5663 msgid ""
 5664 "<emphasis>never</emphasis> = The client will not request or check any server "
 5665 "certificate."
 5666 msgstr ""
 5667 
 5668 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5669 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:703
 5670 msgid ""
 5671 "<emphasis>allow</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5672 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5673 "is provided, it will be ignored and the session proceeds normally."
 5674 msgstr ""
 5675 
 5676 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5677 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:710
 5678 msgid ""
 5679 "<emphasis>try</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5680 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5681 "is provided, the session is immediately terminated."
 5682 msgstr ""
 5683 
 5684 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5685 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:716
 5686 msgid ""
 5687 "<emphasis>demand</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5688 "certificate is provided, or a bad certificate is provided, the session is "
 5689 "immediately terminated."
 5690 msgstr ""
 5691 
 5692 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5693 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:722
 5694 msgid "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> = Same as <quote>demand</quote>"
 5695 msgstr ""
 5696 
 5697 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5698 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:726
 5699 msgid "Default: hard"
 5700 msgstr ""
 5701 
 5702 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5703 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:732
 5704 msgid "ldap_tls_cacert (string)"
 5705 msgstr ""
 5706 
 5707 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5708 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:735
 5709 msgid ""
 5710 "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
 5711 "Authorities that <command>sssd</command> will recognize."
 5712 msgstr ""
 5713 
 5714 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5715 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:740 sssd-ldap.5.xml:758 sssd-ldap.5.xml:799
 5716 msgid ""
 5717 "Default: use OpenLDAP defaults, typically in <filename>/etc/openldap/ldap."
 5718 "conf</filename>"
 5719 msgstr ""
 5720 
 5721 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5722 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:747
 5723 msgid "ldap_tls_cacertdir (string)"
 5724 msgstr ""
 5725 
 5726 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5727 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:750
 5728 msgid ""
 5729 "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
 5730 "certificates in separate individual files. Typically the file names need to "
 5731 "be the hash of the certificate followed by '.0'.  If available, "
 5732 "<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> can be used to create the correct names."
 5733 msgstr ""
 5734 
 5735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5736 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:765
 5737 msgid "ldap_tls_cert (string)"
 5738 msgstr ""
 5739 
 5740 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5741 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:768
 5742 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
 5743 msgstr ""
 5744 
 5745 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5746 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:778
 5747 msgid "ldap_tls_key (string)"
 5748 msgstr ""
 5749 
 5750 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5751 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:781
 5752 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
 5753 msgstr ""
 5754 
 5755 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5756 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:790
 5757 msgid "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (string)"
 5758 msgstr ""
 5759 
 5760 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5761 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:793
 5762 msgid ""
 5763 "Specifies acceptable cipher suites.  Typically this is a colon separated "
 5764 "list.  See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
 5765 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for format."
 5766 msgstr ""
 5767 
 5768 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5769 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:806
 5770 msgid "ldap_id_use_start_tls (boolean)"
 5771 msgstr ""
 5772 
 5773 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5774 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:809
 5775 msgid ""
 5776 "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use <systemitem class="
 5777 "\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> to protect the channel."
 5778 msgstr ""
 5779 
 5780 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5781 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:819
 5782 msgid "ldap_id_mapping (boolean)"
 5783 msgstr ""
 5784 
 5785 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5786 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:822
 5787 msgid ""
 5788 "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
 5789 "ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
 5790 "on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
 5791 msgstr ""
 5792 
 5793 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5794 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:828
 5795 msgid "Currently this feature supports only ActiveDirectory objectSID mapping."
 5796 msgstr ""
 5797 
 5798 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5799 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:838
 5800 msgid "ldap_min_id, ldap_max_id (integer)"
 5801 msgstr ""
 5802 
 5803 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5804 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:841
 5805 msgid ""
 5806 "In contrast to the SID based ID mapping which is used if ldap_id_mapping is "
 5807 "set to true the allowed ID range for ldap_user_uid_number and "
 5808 "ldap_group_gid_number is unbound. In a setup with sub/trusted-domains this "
 5809 "might lead to ID collisions. To avoid collisions ldap_min_id and ldap_max_id "
 5810 "can be set to restrict the allowed range for the IDs which are read directly "
 5811 "from the server. Sub-domains can then pick other ranges to map IDs."
 5812 msgstr ""
 5813 
 5814 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5815 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:853
 5816 msgid "Default: not set (both options are set to 0)"
 5817 msgstr ""
 5818 
 5819 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5820 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:859
 5821 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech (string)"
 5822 msgstr ""
 5823 
 5824 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5825 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:862
 5826 msgid ""
 5827 "Specify the SASL mechanism to use.  Currently only GSSAPI and GSS-SPNEGO are "
 5828 "tested and supported."
 5829 msgstr ""
 5830 
 5831 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5832 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:866
 5833 msgid ""
 5834 "If the backend supports sub-domains the value of ldap_sasl_mech is "
 5835 "automatically inherited to the sub-domains. If a different value is needed "
 5836 "for a sub-domain it can be overwritten by setting ldap_sasl_mech for this "
 5837 "sub-domain explicitly.  Please see TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION in "
 5838 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 5839 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
 5840 msgstr ""
 5841 
 5842 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5843 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:882
 5844 msgid "ldap_sasl_authid (string)"
 5845 msgstr ""
 5846 
 5847 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 5848 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:894
 5849 #, no-wrap
 5850 msgid ""
 5851 "hostname@REALM\n"
 5852 "netbiosname$@REALM\n"
 5853 "host/hostname@REALM\n"
 5854 "*$@REALM\n"
 5855 "host/*@REALM\n"
 5856 "host/*\n"
 5857 "                            "
 5858 msgstr ""
 5859 
 5860 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5861 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:885
 5862 msgid ""
 5863 "Specify the SASL authorization id to use.  When GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO are used, "
 5864 "this represents the Kerberos principal used for authentication to the "
 5865 "directory.  This option can either contain the full principal (for example "
 5866 "host/myhost@EXAMPLE.COM) or just the principal name (for example host/"
 5867 "myhost).  By default, the value is not set and the following principals are "
 5868 "used: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> If none of them are "
 5869 "found, the first principal in keytab is returned."
 5870 msgstr ""
 5871 
 5872 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5873 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:905
 5874 msgid "Default: host/hostname@REALM"
 5875 msgstr ""
 5876 
 5877 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5878 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:911
 5879 msgid "ldap_sasl_realm (string)"
 5880 msgstr ""
 5881 
 5882 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5883 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:914
 5884 msgid ""
 5885 "Specify the SASL realm to use. When not specified, this option defaults to "
 5886 "the value of krb5_realm.  If the ldap_sasl_authid contains the realm as "
 5887 "well, this option is ignored."
 5888 msgstr ""
 5889 
 5890 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5891 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:920
 5892 msgid "Default: the value of krb5_realm."
 5893 msgstr ""
 5894 
 5895 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5896 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:926
 5897 msgid "ldap_sasl_canonicalize (boolean)"
 5898 msgstr ""
 5899 
 5900 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5901 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:929
 5902 msgid ""
 5903 "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
 5904 "canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
 5905 msgstr ""
 5906 
 5907 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5908 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:934
 5909 msgid "Default: false;"
 5910 msgstr ""
 5911 
 5912 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5913 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:940
 5914 msgid "ldap_krb5_keytab (string)"
 5915 msgstr ""
 5916 
 5917 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5918 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:943
 5919 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO."
 5920 msgstr ""
 5921 
 5922 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5923 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:947
 5924 msgid "Default: System keytab, normally <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>"
 5925 msgstr ""
 5926 
 5927 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5928 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:953
 5929 msgid "ldap_krb5_init_creds (boolean)"
 5930 msgstr ""
 5931 
 5932 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5933 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:956
 5934 msgid ""
 5935 "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT).  This "
 5936 "action is performed only if SASL is used and the mechanism selected is "
 5937 "GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO."
 5938 msgstr ""
 5939 
 5940 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5941 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:968
 5942 msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (integer)"
 5943 msgstr ""
 5944 
 5945 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5946 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:971
 5947 msgid ""
 5948 "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO is used."
 5949 msgstr ""
 5950 
 5951 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5952 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:975 sssd-ad.5.xml:1229
 5953 msgid "Default: 86400 (24 hours)"
 5954 msgstr ""
 5955 
 5956 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5957 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:981 sssd-krb5.5.xml:74
 5958 msgid "krb5_server, krb5_backup_server (string)"
 5959 msgstr ""
 5960 
 5961 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5962 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:984
 5963 msgid ""
 5964 "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
 5965 "Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. "
 5966 "For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
 5967 "<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a "
 5968 "colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames.  If empty, service "
 5969 "discovery is enabled - for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE "
 5970 "DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5971 msgstr ""
 5972 
 5973 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5974 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:996 sssd-krb5.5.xml:89
 5975 msgid ""
 5976 "When using service discovery for KDC or kpasswd servers, SSSD first searches "
 5977 "for DNS entries that specify _udp as the protocol and falls back to _tcp if "
 5978 "none are found."
 5979 msgstr ""
 5980 
 5981 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5982 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1001 sssd-krb5.5.xml:94
 5983 msgid ""
 5984 "This option was named <quote>krb5_kdcip</quote> in earlier releases of SSSD. "
 5985 "While the legacy name is recognized for the time being, users are advised to "
 5986 "migrate their config files to use <quote>krb5_server</quote> instead."
 5987 msgstr ""
 5988 
 5989 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5990 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1010 sssd-ipa.5.xml:458 sssd-krb5.5.xml:103
 5991 msgid "krb5_realm (string)"
 5992 msgstr ""
 5993 
 5994 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5995 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1013
 5996 msgid "Specify the Kerberos REALM (for SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO auth)."
 5997 msgstr ""
 5998 
 5999 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6000 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1017
 6001 msgid "Default: System defaults, see <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>"
 6002 msgstr ""
 6003 
 6004 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6005 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1023 sssd-krb5.5.xml:462
 6006 msgid "krb5_canonicalize (boolean)"
 6007 msgstr ""
 6008 
 6009 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6010 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1026
 6011 msgid ""
 6012 "Specifies if the host principal should be canonicalized when connecting to "
 6013 "LDAP server. This feature is available with MIT Kerberos >= 1.7"
 6014 msgstr ""
 6015 
 6016 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6017 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1038 sssd-krb5.5.xml:477
 6018 msgid "krb5_use_kdcinfo (boolean)"
 6019 msgstr ""
 6020 
 6021 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6022 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1041 sssd-krb5.5.xml:480
 6023 msgid ""
 6024 "Specifies if the SSSD should instruct the Kerberos libraries what realm and "
 6025 "which KDCs to use. This option is on by default, if you disable it, you need "
 6026 "to configure the Kerberos library using the <citerefentry> "
 6027 "<refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 6028 "citerefentry> configuration file."
 6029 msgstr ""
 6030 
 6031 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6032 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1052 sssd-krb5.5.xml:491
 6033 msgid ""
 6034 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
 6035 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more "
 6036 "information on the locator plugin."
 6037 msgstr ""
 6038 
 6039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6040 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1066
 6041 msgid "ldap_pwd_policy (string)"
 6042 msgstr ""
 6043 
 6044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6045 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1069
 6046 msgid ""
 6047 "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side. "
 6048 "The following values are allowed:"
 6049 msgstr ""
 6050 
 6051 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6052 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1074
 6053 msgid ""
 6054 "<emphasis>none</emphasis> - No evaluation on the client side. This option "
 6055 "cannot disable server-side password policies."
 6056 msgstr ""
 6057 
 6058 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6059 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1079
 6060 msgid ""
 6061 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> - Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
 6062 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> style attributes to "
 6063 "evaluate if the password has expired."
 6064 msgstr ""
 6065 
 6066 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6067 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1085
 6068 msgid ""
 6069 "<emphasis>mit_kerberos</emphasis> - Use the attributes used by MIT Kerberos "
 6070 "to determine if the password has expired. Use chpass_provider=krb5 to update "
 6071 "these attributes when the password is changed."
 6072 msgstr ""
 6073 
 6074 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6075 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1094
 6076 msgid ""
 6077 "<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: if a password policy is configured on server "
 6078 "side, it always takes precedence over policy set with this option."
 6079 msgstr ""
 6080 
 6081 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6082 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1102
 6083 msgid "ldap_referrals (boolean)"
 6084 msgstr ""
 6085 
 6086 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6087 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1105
 6088 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
 6089 msgstr ""
 6090 
 6091 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6092 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1109
 6093 msgid ""
 6094 "Please note that sssd only supports referral chasing when it is compiled "
 6095 "with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or higher."
 6096 msgstr ""
 6097 
 6098 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6099 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1114
 6100 msgid ""
 6101 "Chasing referrals may incur a performance penalty in environments that use "
 6102 "them heavily, a notable example is Microsoft Active Directory. If your setup "
 6103 "does not in fact require the use of referrals, setting this option to false "
 6104 "might bring a noticeable performance improvement.  Setting this option to "
 6105 "false is therefore recommended in case the SSSD LDAP provider is used "
 6106 "together with Microsoft Active Directory as a backend. Even if SSSD would be "
 6107 "able to follow the referral to a different AD DC no additional data would be "
 6108 "available."
 6109 msgstr ""
 6110 
 6111 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6112 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1133
 6113 msgid "ldap_dns_service_name (string)"
 6114 msgstr ""
 6115 
 6116 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6117 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1136
 6118 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
 6119 msgstr ""
 6120 
 6121 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6122 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1140
 6123 msgid "Default: ldap"
 6124 msgstr ""
 6125 
 6126 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6127 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1146
 6128 msgid "ldap_chpass_dns_service_name (string)"
 6129 msgstr ""
 6130 
 6131 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6132 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1149
 6133 msgid ""
 6134 "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
 6135 "password changes when service discovery is enabled."
 6136 msgstr ""
 6137 
 6138 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6139 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1154
 6140 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. service discovery is disabled"
 6141 msgstr ""
 6142 
 6143 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6144 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1160
 6145 msgid "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)"
 6146 msgstr ""
 6147 
 6148 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6149 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1163
 6150 msgid ""
 6151 "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
 6152 "days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
 6153 msgstr ""
 6154 
 6155 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6156 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1175
 6157 msgid "ldap_access_filter (string)"
 6158 msgstr ""
 6159 
 6160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6161 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1178
 6162 msgid ""
 6163 "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
 6164 "this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criteria that "
 6165 "must be met for the user to be granted access on this host. If "
 6166 "access_provider = ldap, ldap_access_order = filter and this option is not "
 6167 "set, it will result in all users being denied access.  Use access_provider = "
 6168 "permit to change this default behavior. Please note that this filter is "
 6169 "applied on the LDAP user entry only and thus filtering based on nested "
 6170 "groups may not work (e.g. memberOf attribute on AD entries points only to "
 6171 "direct parents). If filtering based on nested groups is required, please see "
 6172 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
 6173 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 6174 msgstr ""
 6175 
 6176 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6177 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1198
 6178 msgid "Example:"
 6179 msgstr ""
 6180 
 6181 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
 6182 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1201
 6183 #, no-wrap
 6184 msgid ""
 6185 "access_provider = ldap\n"
 6186 "ldap_access_filter = (employeeType=admin)\n"
 6187 "                        "
 6188 msgstr ""
 6189 
 6190 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6191 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1205
 6192 msgid ""
 6193 "This example means that access to this host is restricted to users whose "
 6194 "employeeType attribute is set to \"admin\"."
 6195 msgstr ""
 6196 
 6197 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6198 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1210
 6199 msgid ""
 6200 "Offline caching for this feature is limited to determining whether the "
 6201 "user's last online login was granted access permission. If they were granted "
 6202 "access during their last login, they will continue to be granted access "
 6203 "while offline and vice versa."
 6204 msgstr ""
 6205 
 6206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6207 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1218 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1275
 6208 msgid "Default: Empty"
 6209 msgstr ""
 6210 
 6211 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6212 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1224
 6213 msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy (string)"
 6214 msgstr ""
 6215 
 6216 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6217 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1227
 6218 msgid ""
 6219 "With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
 6220 "be enabled."
 6221 msgstr ""
 6222 
 6223 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6224 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1231
 6225 msgid ""
 6226 "Please note that it is always recommended to use server side access control, "
 6227 "i.e. the LDAP server should deny the bind request with a suitable error code "
 6228 "even if the password is correct."
 6229 msgstr ""
 6230 
 6231 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6232 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1238
 6233 msgid "The following values are allowed:"
 6234 msgstr ""
 6235 
 6236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6237 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1241
 6238 msgid ""
 6239 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis>: use the value of ldap_user_shadow_expire to "
 6240 "determine if the account is expired."
 6241 msgstr ""
 6242 
 6243 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6244 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1246
 6245 msgid ""
 6246 "<emphasis>ad</emphasis>: use the value of the 32bit field "
 6247 "ldap_user_ad_user_account_control and allow access if the second bit is not "
 6248 "set. If the attribute is missing access is granted. Also the expiration time "
 6249 "of the account is checked."
 6250 msgstr ""
 6251 
 6252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6253 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1253
 6254 msgid ""
 6255 "<emphasis>rhds</emphasis>, <emphasis>ipa</emphasis>, <emphasis>389ds</"
 6256 "emphasis>: use the value of ldap_ns_account_lock to check if access is "
 6257 "allowed or not."
 6258 msgstr ""
 6259 
 6260 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6261 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1259
 6262 msgid ""
 6263 "<emphasis>nds</emphasis>: the values of "
 6264 "ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map, ldap_user_nds_login_disabled and "
 6265 "ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time are used to check if access is allowed. "
 6266 "If both attributes are missing access is granted."
 6267 msgstr ""
 6268 
 6269 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6270 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1268
 6271 msgid ""
 6272 "Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
 6273 "emphasis> include <quote>expire</quote> in order for the "
 6274 "ldap_account_expire_policy option to work."
 6275 msgstr ""
 6276 
 6277 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6278 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1281
 6279 msgid "ldap_access_order (string)"
 6280 msgstr ""
 6281 
 6282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6283 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1284
 6284 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options.  Allowed values are:"
 6285 msgstr ""
 6286 
 6287 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6288 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1288
 6289 msgid "<emphasis>filter</emphasis>: use ldap_access_filter"
 6290 msgstr ""
 6291 
 6292 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6293 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1291
 6294 msgid ""
 6295 "<emphasis>lockout</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6296 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6297 "and has value of '000001010000Z'. Please see the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  "
 6298 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6299 "work."
 6300 msgstr ""
 6301 
 6302 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6303 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1301
 6304 msgid ""
 6305 "<emphasis> Please note that this option is superseded by the <quote>ppolicy</"
 6306 "quote> option and might be removed in a future release.  </emphasis>"
 6307 msgstr ""
 6308 
 6309 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6310 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1308
 6311 msgid ""
 6312 "<emphasis>ppolicy</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6313 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6314 "and has value of '000001010000Z' or represents any time in the past.  The "
 6315 "value of the 'pwdAccountLockedTime' attribute must end with 'Z', which "
 6316 "denotes the UTC time zone.  Other time zones are not currently supported and "
 6317 "will result in \"access-denied\" when users attempt to log in.  Please see "
 6318 "the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' "
 6319 "must be set for this feature to work."
 6320 msgstr ""
 6321 
 6322 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6323 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1325
 6324 msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use ldap_account_expire_policy"
 6325 msgstr ""
 6326 
 6327 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6328 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1329
 6329 msgid ""
 6330 "<emphasis>pwd_expire_policy_reject, pwd_expire_policy_warn, "
 6331 "pwd_expire_policy_renew: </emphasis> These options are useful if users are "
 6332 "interested in being warned that password is about to expire and "
 6333 "authentication is based on using a different method than passwords - for "
 6334 "example SSH keys."
 6335 msgstr ""
 6336 
 6337 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6338 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1339
 6339 msgid ""
 6340 "The difference between these options is the action taken if user password is "
 6341 "expired: pwd_expire_policy_reject - user is denied to log in, "
 6342 "pwd_expire_policy_warn - user is still able to log in, "
 6343 "pwd_expire_policy_renew - user is prompted to change his password "
 6344 "immediately."
 6345 msgstr ""
 6346 
 6347 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6348 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1347
 6349 msgid ""
 6350 "Note If user password is expired no explicit message is prompted by SSSD."
 6351 msgstr ""
 6352 
 6353 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6354 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1351
 6355 msgid ""
 6356 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6357 "work. Also 'ldap_pwd_policy' must be set to an appropriate password policy."
 6358 msgstr ""
 6359 
 6360 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6361 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1356
 6362 msgid ""
 6363 "<emphasis>authorized_service</emphasis>: use the authorizedService attribute "
 6364 "to determine access"
 6365 msgstr ""
 6366 
 6367 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6368 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1361
 6369 msgid "<emphasis>host</emphasis>: use the host attribute to determine access"
 6370 msgstr ""
 6371 
 6372 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6373 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1365
 6374 msgid ""
 6375 "<emphasis>rhost</emphasis>: use the rhost attribute to determine whether "
 6376 "remote host can access"
 6377 msgstr ""
 6378 
 6379 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6380 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1369
 6381 msgid ""
 6382 "Please note, rhost field in pam is set by application, it is better to check "
 6383 "what the application sends to pam, before enabling this access control option"
 6384 msgstr ""
 6385 
 6386 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6387 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1374
 6388 msgid "Default: filter"
 6389 msgstr ""
 6390 
 6391 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6392 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1377
 6393 msgid ""
 6394 "Please note that it is a configuration error if a value is used more than "
 6395 "once."
 6396 msgstr ""
 6397 
 6398 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6399 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1384
 6400 msgid "ldap_pwdlockout_dn (string)"
 6401 msgstr ""
 6402 
 6403 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6404 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1387
 6405 msgid ""
 6406 "This option specifies the DN of password policy entry on LDAP server. Please "
 6407 "note that absence of this option in sssd.conf in case of enabled account "
 6408 "lockout checking will yield access denied as ppolicy attributes on LDAP "
 6409 "server cannot be checked properly."
 6410 msgstr ""
 6411 
 6412 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6413 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1395
 6414 msgid "Example: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=example,dc=com"
 6415 msgstr ""
 6416 
 6417 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6418 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1398
 6419 msgid "Default: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,$ldap_search_base"
 6420 msgstr ""
 6421 
 6422 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6423 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1404
 6424 msgid "ldap_deref (string)"
 6425 msgstr ""
 6426 
 6427 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6428 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1407
 6429 msgid ""
 6430 "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search. The "
 6431 "following options are allowed:"
 6432 msgstr ""
 6433 
 6434 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6435 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1412
 6436 msgid "<emphasis>never</emphasis>: Aliases are never dereferenced."
 6437 msgstr ""
 6438 
 6439 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6440 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1416
 6441 msgid ""
 6442 "<emphasis>searching</emphasis>: Aliases are dereferenced in subordinates of "
 6443 "the base object, but not in locating the base object of the search."
 6444 msgstr ""
 6445 
 6446 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6447 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1421
 6448 msgid ""
 6449 "<emphasis>finding</emphasis>: Aliases are only dereferenced when locating "
 6450 "the base object of the search."
 6451 msgstr ""
 6452